CN1192300A - Timing adjustment control for efficient time division duplex communication - Google Patents

Timing adjustment control for efficient time division duplex communication Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN1192300A
CN1192300A CN96195933A CN96195933A CN1192300A CN 1192300 A CN1192300 A CN 1192300A CN 96195933 A CN96195933 A CN 96195933A CN 96195933 A CN96195933 A CN 96195933A CN 1192300 A CN1192300 A CN 1192300A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
base station
message
user
subscriber station
station
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
CN96195933A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN1101088C (en
Inventor
L·斯各特
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Omnipoint Corp
Original Assignee
Omnipoint Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US08/465,555 external-priority patent/US5802046A/en
Priority claimed from US08/465,137 external-priority patent/US5745484A/en
Priority claimed from US08/463,220 external-priority patent/US5689502A/en
Priority claimed from US08/464,285 external-priority patent/US5959980A/en
Application filed by Omnipoint Corp filed Critical Omnipoint Corp
Publication of CN1192300A publication Critical patent/CN1192300A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN1101088C publication Critical patent/CN1101088C/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/0055Synchronisation arrangements determining timing error of reception due to propagation delay
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B1/00Details of transmission systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04B3/00 - H04B13/00; Details of transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission
    • H04B1/69Spread spectrum techniques
    • H04B1/707Spread spectrum techniques using direct sequence modulation
    • H04B1/709Correlator structure
    • H04B1/7093Matched filter type
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/24Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts
    • H04B7/26Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts at least one of which is mobile
    • H04B7/2662Arrangements for Wireless System Synchronisation
    • H04B7/2671Arrangements for Wireless Time-Division Multiple Access [TDMA] System Synchronisation
    • H04B7/2678Time synchronisation
    • H04B7/2681Synchronisation of a mobile station with one base station
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04JMULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
    • H04J3/00Time-division multiplex systems
    • H04J3/02Details
    • H04J3/06Synchronising arrangements
    • H04J3/0635Clock or time synchronisation in a network
    • H04J3/0682Clock or time synchronisation in a network by delay compensation, e.g. by compensation of propagation delay or variations thereof, by ranging
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/004Synchronisation arrangements compensating for timing error of reception due to propagation delay
    • H04W56/0045Synchronisation arrangements compensating for timing error of reception due to propagation delay compensating for timing error by altering transmission time
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04JMULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
    • H04J13/00Code division multiplex systems
    • H04J13/0007Code type
    • H04J2013/0037Multilevel codes

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Time-Division Multiplex Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A system for time division duplex communication over a single frequency band wherein guard time overhead is reduced by active adjustment of reverse link transmission timing as a function of round trip propagation delay. Responding to a polling message from the base station, a user station seeking to establish communication transmits a reply message. The base station using a propagation delay calculator (812) calculates the distance of the user station by measuring the propagation delay with respect to receipt of the reply message and a timing control unit (806) and transmitter (807) for sending a timing adjustment command to the user station instructing it to advance or retard its timing. Thereafter, the base station monitors the user station transmissions and periodically commands it to adjust its timing in a like manner. The user station transmits a control preamble at the start of each time slot to allow the base station to perform round trip timing calculations and adjustment of the user station's power or antenna selection.

Description

The timing adjustment control of efficient time division duplex communication
Field of the present invention relates to communication, and relates more particularly to the air interface structure and the agreement that are suitable for using in cellular communication environment.
The exploitation that has caused between the stable cellular services user who accelerates, distributing the various technology of available communication bandwidth for the continuous increased requirement of flexible movement communication.Two routine techniquess of allocate communications bandwidth are Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) (FDD) and time division duplex (TDD) between cellular basestation and one group of phone user station (being also referred to as " mobile radio station ").
The employed FDD of this paper is meant the technology that is used to set up the full-duplex communication with the forward direction that separates and reverse link on frequency, refers to be used to set up have as TDD appear on the same frequency but separate technology with the full-duplex communication of the forward direction that avoids conflict and reverse link in time.Other the communication technology is that wherein a plurality of users' transmission separates with the time division multiple access (TDMA) that avoids conflict in time, wherein a plurality of users are transmitted in to separate on the frequency with the frequency division multiple access (FDMA) that avoids conflict and wherein a plurality of data flow and are multiplexed in time division multiplexing (TDM) on the single carrier wave in time together.Also can utilize the various combinations of FDD, TDD, FDMA and TDMA.
In specific FDD technology, give base station assigns one class frequency, utilize this class frequency base station can use the different frequency gap emission of each subscriber station, and distribute a different frequency for each subscriber station, it can be transmitted to the base station to utilize this frequency.For each the new user who gets in touch with the base station, require a pair of new frequency to support communication link between base station and the new subscriber station therefore, can be subjected to the restriction of usable frequency number of gaps by the number of users of single base station support.
In specific TDD technology, all subscriber stations that same frequency is used for communicating by letter with certain base station.Interference between the subscriber station is avoided being different from another subscriber station and being different to launch on time of base station by requiring subscriber station, this is to realize by being divided into a plurality of time frames a time cycle and each time frame being divided into a plurality of time slots, usually, the base station during the time slot only with a subscriber station communications and sequentially communicate with all subscriber stations during the different time-gap at single time frame.Therefore, communicate by letter once with the specific user station during each time frame in the base station.
In a type of described system, give the first of each time slot of base station assigns, base station is stood to the specific user during this period, and distributes the second portion of this time slot to subscriber station, and subscriber station is replied the base station during this period.Therefore, the base station can be transmitted to first subscriber station, wait acknowledge and be transmitted to second subscriber station after replying receiving from first subscriber station, or the like, till the base station has sequentially communicated with all subscriber stations in a special time frame.
Relative FDD of time division duplex and FDMA have the advantage that only requires to use single frequency band.But, a shortcoming of many conventional TDD or tdma system is: when the mesh size increases, its efficient is influenced, and the minimizing of efficient comes from from the base station through air traffic channel to the relative unpredictable characteristic of subscriber station with the propagation delay time of the transmission that is back to the base station from subscriber station through air traffic channel.Because it is interior Anywhere that subscriber station moves and can move to the mesh scope of base station covering often, do not know how long the propagation delay of communicating by letter with the specific user station is so the base station is general prior.In order to make a plan to worst case, conventional TDD system generally provides a round guard time to guarantee will to finish before beginning and second subscriber station communications and the communicating by letter of first subscriber station.Owing to come and go that guard time is present in each time slot no matter subscriber station how closely or how far; so desired round guard time can increase sizable expense; particularly in big mesh, overhead has limited number of users and has therefore limited the efficient of TDD system.
Fig. 1 is the basic timing diagram that comes and goes from the TDD system of base station.The poll loop 101 of base station or time frame are divided into a plurality of time slots 103.Each time slot 103 is used for from the base station to the communication at specific user station.Therefore, each time slot comprises that base station transmits 105, user transmit 107 and delay period 106, is transmitted to subscriber station in delay period base stations during transmission 105, and the user that response was handled and generated to subscriber station transmits 107, and the user is transmitted 107 and propagated and give the base station.
If subscriber station is positioned at the right near the base station, uppick subscriber station immediately may be expected in the base station after finishing its transmission and being transformed into receiving mode so.Along with distance between subscriber station and the base station increases, base station waits is replied the time that is spent also to be increased.The base station is the uppick subscriber station immediately, and the waiting signal of having to is transmitted to subscriber station and returns.
As shown in Figure 1, the user is transmitted 107 and is being approximately equal to base station transmits 105 and finishes to transmit on time between 107 beginnings with the user and arrive the base station in first time slot 110, represent subscriber station from base station distance be about the mesh radius half.In second time slot 111, the user transmits 107 very near the end appearance of base station transmits 105, and the expression subscriber station is very near the base station.In the 3rd time slot 112, the user is transmitted 107 and is occurred when finishing in that time slot 112 is fast, the expression subscriber station near or on the mesh border.Because the subscriber station of the 3rd time slot 112 correspondences on the certain base station maximum communication distance, so the delay 106 of expression is represented the maximum round trip propagation delay and is therefore represented the maximum round trip guard time in the 3rd time slot 112.
Except the propagation delay time, receiving at subscriber station, base station or in the two and emission mode between conversion in also have delay, these are not shown in Figure 1 for simplicity's sake.General emission receives and is about 2 microseconds change-over time.But can carry out other dispensing head and calculate the relevant channel ring influence of multipath.
When mesh size increased, the TDD guard time must increase to consider the long propagation time.In this case, guard time consumes the increasing part of available time slot, especially for the short frame duration that comes and goes.The percentage increase of expense institute spended time is because the TDD guard time is the regular length of being determined by the mesh radius, and the actual fact that comes and goes frame duration with the subscriber station variable in distance.As a result, when mesh becomes big, the time quantum of increase with guard time form spend on the expense rather than spend in subscriber station and the base station between actual information transmit.
The TDD system of a routine is Digital European Cordless Telecommunications (DECT) system by ETSI (ETSI) development.In the DECT system, base station is segmented into the data of the long bursts of time slot, and each time slot has specific user's relevant data of standing.After guard time, subscriber station responds in the continuous slot group of appointment to send data to the identical order of subscriber station with the base station.
Another system that uses is global system for mobile communications (" GSM ") at present.Fig. 4 represents the timing diagram according to some existing GSM standard.According to these standards, communicating by letter between base station and the subscriber station is divided into 8 burst periods 402.Nearly 8 different subscriber stations can with a base station communication, each subscriber station communicates in each burst periods 402.
GSM standard requires two independently frequency bands.The base station utilizes first frequency FA emission, and subscriber station utilizes second frequency FB emission.Subscriber station during the particular burst cycle 402 was received base station transmits 405 on first frequency FA after, subscriber station shift frequency 45MHz launched the user and transmits 406 with response base station transmits 405 to second frequency FB and after about three burst periods 402.Suppose that three burst periods postpone enough greatly with the propagation time between activation assurance base station and the subscriber station.
The user who receives on the base station in gsm system transmits 406, and to adapt with suitable burst periods 402 be important.Otherwise transmitting from the user of the subscriber station that uses the adjacent pulse string cycle 402 may be overlapping, causes poor transmission or even owing to the interference between the subscriber station causes loss of communications.Therefore, each 402 protected time 407 of burst periods surrounds to consider uncertain signal propagation delays between base station and the subscriber station.By relatively actual signal time that receives from subscriber station 302 and desired time of reception, the base station can be ordered subscriber station to shift to an earlier date or be postponed its transmit timing so that fall into suitable burst periods 402, and it is synchronous that this characteristic is called adaptive frame.The synchronous technical specification of the adaptive frame of relevant gsm system is TS GSM05.10.
The shortcoming of said GSM system is: it requires two independently frequency bands.It also has relatively-stationary structure, and this may limit its flexibility or for the adaptability of some cellular environment.
At present another system that uses is the wide territory covering system (WACS) that the crowd knows, promptly adopts the two narrowband systems of FDMA and TDMA, as in GSM, under the WACS situation, uses two different frequency bands.A frequency band is used for the subscriber station transmission, and another frequency band is used for base station transmits.The time slot of subscriber station transmission and relevant base station transmission deviation 1/2nd is so that the propagation time between permission base station and the subscriber station.Standard WACS does not support spread spectrum communication (communication type that a kind of crowd knows, wherein transmitted signal bandwidth surpasses the data bandwidth that will launch), and to have possibility be the total of feature with the relative fixed.
In many systems, channel architecture is this letter: subscriber station may receive on another channel must be launched one in the information and reply to the base station.It is the duplexer of relatively costly parts that transmission simultaneously generally requires to use for cell phone with the ability that receives.
Provide in big mesh particularly that to have the time division duplex communication benefit and the flexible system of a complete round guard time expense is not arranged in each time slot be favourable.Provide and only require that such system that single frequency band is used to communicate by letter also is favourable.It will further be favourable that TDMA or combination TDMAFDMA system are provided, and not require the user station arrangement duplexer in this system.It more will be favourable that the time frame structure that is easy to adapt to single or multiple frequency bands and be used for various communication environments is provided.
The present invention provides the efficient apparatus of implementing time division multiplexing communication especially in big mesh environment in one aspect.
In one embodiment, in the first of time frame, the continuous base station transmits of pointing to each communication user station is sent in the base station.When base station waits is from the response of first subscriber station, distribute the single aggregate protection time.Minimum guard time one by one responded between subscriber station only received with each in the distributed time slot on the frequency identical with the base station subsequently.In order to prevent the interference of user between transmitting, the base station commands subscriber station in advance or postpone its transmit timing.
In order to begin communicating by letter between base station and the subscriber station, each base station transmits can have a title, and whether the expression time slot is to unoccupied.If time slot is to the free time, subscriber station utilizes abbreviated message to reply in the right specified portions of its time slot.The right User Part of time slot comprises a complete round guard time tolerance limit so that consider uncertain distance between base station and the subscriber station when initial communication.The base station relatively receives the real time of user's transmission and how far time of reception and definite subscriber station of expectation has.In the later time frame, the base station can order subscriber station as required in advance or postpone it regularly, makes can send full detail message and do not cause interference between subscriber station.
In the present invention on the other hand, base station transmits is replacing with the user's transmission that utilizes identical frequency band, base station and subscriber station can add preamble before their master datas transmission, such as be used in hope spread spectrum communications signals synchronously or the place that is used to implement power control add preamble.This preamble can send on the interval of the fixed time between two transfer of data.The base station can be ordered subscriber station to shift to an earlier date according to the round trip propagation time that is calculated or be postponed it regularly.
In other embodiments of the invention, can use a plurality of frequency bands.For example, a frequency band can be used for base station transmits, and another frequency band can be used for the subscriber station transmission.Scheduled volume of reverse link subscriber station transmission deviation base station transmits.Base station and subscriber station can be launched preamble before appointment is used for the time slot of key data transmission, and can insert this preamble at interval in the fixed time between two different time-gaps.This preamble can be made up of a plurality of pulse trains, pulse train from different antennas to allow channel sounding on target.The base station can order subscriber station according to the calculating of round-trip propagation delay time in advance or postpone it regularly.
In another aspect of this invention, be provided for generic frame structure in TDMA or the TDMA|FDMA system.Can be from comprising transfer of data, structure adopts the suitable frame structure of range capability in the timing part of regulation such as preamble, guard time.By selecting the appropriate combination of general timing part, frame structure can constitute and is suitable for operating in the various embodiment of high tier (tier) or low tier environment.
The dual-mode base station structure that can carry out Multiband-operation also can be provided.The base station utilizes low IF digital correlator design.
Further variation, adaptation, details and the improvement of the embodiment of top general description are also disclosed here.
Detailed description of preferred embodiment various purposes, characteristic and the advantage that the present invention may be better understood below checking, found with accompanying drawing, wherein:
The accompanying drawing summary
Fig. 1 is the basic illustration regularly that comes and goes from the prior art TDD system of base station viewpoint;
Fig. 2 is the round guard time figure that comes and goes the percentage of frame duration as the reality in the prior art TDD system of Fig. 1;
Fig. 3 A is the cellular environment figure that is used to communicate by letter with 3B;
Fig. 4 is according to the illustration of the timing diagram of existing GSM standard;
Fig. 5 A is according to the basic two-way time illustration of one embodiment of the invention from the TDD|TDM|TDMA system of base station viewpoint;
Fig. 5 B is the timing diagram that initial communication link is connected between expression base station 304 and the subscriber station 302;
Fig. 5 C is the timing diagram of TDD/TDM/TDMA system change of Fig. 5 A of the code element transformat that use to insert of expression;
Fig. 5 D does not relatively have Fig. 5 A system of forward error correction and the figure with Fig. 5 C systematic function of forward error correction;
Fig. 6 is as the actual figure that comes and goes the round guard time of frame duration percentage among Fig. 5 A embodiment;
Fig. 7 is the illustration that is used to reduce the alternative timing agreement of total round guard time;
Fig. 8 A is the hardware block diagram of base station according to an embodiment of the invention;
Fig. 8 B is the hardware block diagram of base station alternate embodiment;
Fig. 9 is the hardware block diagram of subscriber station according to an embodiment of the invention;
Figure 10 A is the figure of subelement regularly according to another embodiment of the present invention;
Figure 10 B to 10E is the time frame structure figure represented according to the timing subelement of Figure 10 A;
Figure 11 A is subelement figure regularly according to another embodiment of the present invention;
Figure 11 B to 11D is the time frame structure figure represented according to the timing subelement of Figure 10 A;
Figure 12 A-C is the table that is used for the preferred message form of base station and subscriber station transmission;
Figure 13 A-B is the figure of expression link preamble structure;
Figure 13 C is the figure of comparison preamble performance;
Figure 13 D-E is the figure that utilizes filter comparison preamble performance coupling and mismatch;
Figure 14-the 17th is in conjunction with the selectivity characteristic of the embodiment as described herein figure than each aspect of performance of higher tier and low tier air interface;
Figure 18 is the block diagram of low IF digital correlator;
Figure 19 A can utilize a plurality of frequencies operations and have spread spectrum communication and the block diagram of the dual-mode base station of narrow band communication ability; With
Figure 19 B is that expression is used for the institute's selected frequency of dual-mode base station of Figure 19 A and the figure of other parameters.
The detailed description of most preferred embodiment
The present invention provides the high-performance device of implementing time division duplex communication in one aspect, and is suitable for very much big mesh environment.Embodiments of the invention can utilize spread spectrum technic, for example, wherein utilize code division multiple access (CDMA) technology of pseudorandom code sequence code communication signal, or use, or combine use with CDMA, FDMA or other communication technologys with frequency division multiple access (FDMA) technology of multiplex communication signal on different frequency.
Fig. 3 A is the cellular environment figure that is used to have the communication system of base station and subscriber station.
In Fig. 3 A, the communication system 301 that is used for communication between a plurality of subscriber stations 302 comprises a plurality of mesh 303, and each mesh has the base station 304 that generally is positioned at mesh 303 central authorities.Each station (comprising base station 304 and subscriber station 302) generally comprises Receiver And Transmitter, and subscriber station 302 and base station 304 can utilize time division duplex or any other communication technology disclosed herein to communicate.
Fig. 3 B is the cellular environment figure that the present invention can operate therein.Shown in Fig. 3 B, geographic area 309 is divided into a plurality of mesh 303.That relevant with each mesh 303 is the spreading code or the code character C1 to C7 of specified frequency F1, F2 or F3 and appointment.In order to make the interference minimum between the adjoining cells 303, in a preferred embodiment, specify three different frequency F1, F2 and F3 by this way, make two adjoining cells 303 not have identical assigned frequency F1, F2 or F3.
In order further to reduce the possibility of disturbing between mesh, as shown in the adjacent group 310, specifying different orthogonal intersections or code character C1 to C7.Though in the 7 mesh duplication code types that form shown in Fig. 3 B is 7 spreading codes or code character C1 to C7 easily, the quantity of spreading code or code character can change according to application-specific.The further information of relevant particular cellular communication environment can be in U. S. application series number 07/682,050 name being entitled as in " three mesh wireless communication systems " and in application on April 8th, 1991 in U. S. application series number 08/284 with Robert C.Dixon, 053 name with people such as Gary B.Anderson found in being entitled as in " PCS mini phone/microgrid hole communication over-the-air protocol " of application on August 1st, 1994, these two applications are hereby incorporated by, and just look like all to propose equally here.
Though be used for the use of the spread spectrum of carrier modulation is not to implement requirement of the present invention, and its use in the cellular environment of Fig. 3 B can allow very effective frequency re-use factor N=3, is used to distribute different carrier frequency F1, F2 and F3 to give adjoining cells 303.Use the interference between the mesh 303 of same carrier F1, F2 or F3 because the propagation loss that the distance that separates mesh 303 causes reduces (not using the distance between two mesh 303 of same carrier F1, F2 or F3 is less than the distance between two mesh 303 that leave mutually), and use same carrier F1, F2 or the F3 spread processing by mesh 303 to gain and reduce.Utilize the CDMA code separately to provide other interference to isolate, TDD or tdma communication technology also can be used with the honeycomb of Fig. 3 B.
In utilizing the preferred embodiment of the present invention of time division duplex, same frequency F1, all subscriber stations 302 that F2 or F3 are used for communicating by letter with certain base station 304 at one time or are not launched the interference of avoiding between the subscriber station 302 by requiring different subscriber station 302 on the time identical with base station 304.The first that distributes time slot for base station 304, base station 304 is transmitted to the specific user station during this period, and distributes the second portion of this time slot for each subscriber station 302, and subscriber station is replied during this period.Therefore, base station 304 can be transmitted to first subscriber station 302, wait acknowledge and be transmitted to second subscriber station 302 or the like receiving from after the replying of first subscriber station 302.
As previous pointed according to Fig. 1, the mobility of subscriber station 302 cause from the base station 304 through air traffic channel to subscriber station 302 be back to the unpredictability in propagation delay time of the transmission of base station 304 through air traffic channel from subscriber station 302.Therefore, base station 304 does not generally know how long with specific user's 302 propagation delays of communicating by letter of standing will be in advance.For worst case is considered, conventional TDD system in each time slot, provide a round guard time with guarantee beginning with finish before second subscriber station 302 is communicated by letter and the communicating by letter of first subscriber station 302.
General round guard time is every kilometer 6.7 microsecond of mesh radius; Thereby, for the mesh 303 of 3 kilometers radiuses, need the round guard time of 20 microseconds.In conventional system, in each time slot 103, add come and go guard time and no matter subscriber station 302 from the base station 304 how far or how near.Therefore, desired round guard time increases regularly expense and is limited in number of users in so conventional TDD system naturally.
Along with the mesh size increases, the TDD guard time must increase so that consider the long propagation time.The following relation of setting up between mesh radius and the guard time:
TDD guard time=2 * (mesh radius)/(light velocity)
Fig. 2 is the round guard time figure that comes and goes frame duration (that is, base station transmits 105, propagation delay time 106 and user are transmitted 107 actual time necessary amounts) percentage as the reality of all conventional TDD systems as shown in Figure 1.Add that 4 microseconds are to consider emission/reception transfer lag.The figure of Fig. 2 represents: because the TDD guard time is the regular length of being determined by the mesh radius; and the actual round-trip transmission time changes according to the distance of subscriber station 302, thus the time recruitment with the formalization of guard time on expense rather than because the mesh radius increases timeization in the transmission of the actual information between subscriber station 302 and the base station 304.The efficient of routine TDD system, especially those system effectivenesies with big mesh are therefore influenced owing to come and go guard time.
Fig. 5 A is that one or more aspects are used to reduce the illustration of basic two-way time of the TDD/TDM/TDMA system of total round guard time according to the present invention from the base station viewpoint.
In Fig. 5 A embodiment, time frame 501 is divided into hop 502, aggregate protection time portion 503 and receiving unit 504.Hop 502 comprises a plurality of transmission time slots 510, and receiving unit 504 comprises a plurality of receiving slots 504.
In part of propagation 502, base station 304 is transmitted into a plurality of subscriber stations 302, is transmitted to a subscriber station in each transmission time slot 510 of time frame 501 hops 502.During concentrated protection time portion 503, base station 304 is waited for and will be arrived the base station from subscriber station 302 by last base station transmits and first user transmission from last time slot 510 that suitable subscriber station 302 receives.In the receiving unit 504 of time frame 501, base station 304 receives users' transmission, receives user's transmission in each receiving slot 511 of the receiving unit 504 of time frame 501.
Particular transmission time slot 510 and corresponding receiving slot 511 thereof can think that the venue comprises the duplexing time slot that is similar to time slot shown in Figure 1 110,111 and 112.Though 8 time slots 510,511 are arranged shown in Fig. 5 A,, can use more than 8 when needed or be less than 8 time slot 510,511 for application-specific.
Base station 304 is given each subscriber station 302 and is received message once from each subscriber station 302 with duplex mode emission message during being preferably in each time frame 501.In one embodiment of the invention, reception is at first to send response user transmission in first receiving slot 511 from the subscriber station 302 of the base station transmits of first transmission time slot 510, the subscriber station 302 that receives base station transmits from second transmission time slot 510 is second will send response user transmission in second receiving slot, by that analogy.By this way, base station 304 sends a series of continuous base station transmits, and each transmission is pointed to the individual consumer and stood 302, and receives a series of continuous user's transmission with the order of returning of coupling.
Though subscriber station 302 can the order identical with base station transmits be replied, selectively the base station can comprise an order in title, otherwise the indication specific user stands and 302 replys at diverse location.
The aggregate protection time portion 503 of time frame 501 is the free time of single set basically, and replying from first subscriber station 302 waited in base station 304 during this period.The guard time part 503 that needs set stands 302 to allow base station transmits in the transmission time slot 510 in the end to arrive may to be positioned at mesh predesignated subscriber on every side before first subscriber station 302 is replied.If allow first subscriber station 302 to reply before guard time part 503 expirations of set, its transmission may be disturbed last base station transmits so.Therefore, the guard time part 503 of set need approximately be the identical length of the delay 106 shown in the 3rd time slot 112 of Fig. 1, and the maximum round trip guard time of this representative graph 1 system is as above mentioned.Yet, be different from Fig. 1 system, in Fig. 5 A embodiment, only need a maximum round trip guard time (that is the guard time part 503 of set).
Should note: be converted to receiving mode or be converted to emission mode from emission mode for base station 304 and subscriber station 302, such as there being small time of delay with Fig. 1 system from receiving mode.These postpone for each conversion operations approximately is 2 microseconds.Be different from base station wherein need be in each time slot 103 conventional Fig. 1 system of translative mode, the base station 304 among Fig. 5 A embodiment only need be converted to receiving mode and changes back once in given time frame 501 from emission.Also be different from base station wherein must be converted to emission mode at each time slot 103 waits for user station from reception Fig. 1 system, only first subscriber station of replying in the time frame 501 of Fig. 5 A embodiment may increase reception/emission transfer lag to system.
In Fig. 5 A embodiment, preferably organize timing architecture like this, make during receiving unit 504 not overlapping to base station message from the user of subscriber station 302 arrival base stations 304.If each subscriber station 302 begins rl transmission according to its timeslot number on the time that the constant offset forward link data receives, base station 304 can be found overlapping message and the interference that causes occasionally.In order to stop such interference to enter user transmission, each subscriber station 302 with its transmission time started as it own to the base station 304 two-way travel time functions, as following further explanation.Therefore, reverse link message order in the receiving unit 504 of time frame 501 arrives base station 304 and does not have overlapping.In order to allow timing error and channel ring, the protection frequency band 512 of shortening is added between every pair of receiving slot 511.Protection frequency band 512 beguines of these shortenings are short significantly according to the described maximum round trip guard time 106 of Fig. 1.
In order to setover its transmission beginning regularly, in a preferred embodiment, base station 304 equipments are used to be determined to the device of the round-trip propagation delay of each subscriber station 302.Measure two-way time (RTT) preferably collaboratively and to carry out between base station 304 and the subscriber station 302 and so to comprise communication process between base station 304 and the subscriber station 302.RTT handles and can carry out and carry out periodically when needed subsequently on the initial foundation basis of communicating by letter between base station 304 and the subscriber station 302, and also can average in time the two-way time that measures from the RTT processing.
In the RTT transaction, base station 304 sends a RTT command messages, indication subscriber station 302 returns a short predetermined delay cycle of RTT response message Δ T after receiving, this predetermined delay cycle Δ T can be used as that a RTT command messages part sends or can pre-programmed be system parameters.Base station 304 is measured it and is received the time of RTT response message, and the propagation delay of the Time Calculation of RTT response message to subscriber station 302 lacked according to time, predetermined delay cycle Δ T that sends the RTT command messages and reception in base station 304 subsequently.
In case base station 304 has calculated the propagation delay of subscriber station 302, then base station 304 sends offset time message to subscriber station 302, or the propagation delay that will measure in the RTT transaction is notified subscriber station 302 or specific timing adjustment order is provided.After this, subscriber station 302 is according to its transmission time of format that is included in the offset time message.In case set up by this way regularly, 304 of base stations can be ordered subscriber station 302 to shift to an earlier date periodically or be postponed its transmit timing to keep the calibration of reverse link tdma slot.The conventional technology that adopts in the gsm system of ordering adjustment mechanism regularly can be similar to this paper general description is regularly adjusted in response.For example, regularly adjustment order control can be according to the technology implementation of describing among the GSM technical specification TS GSM 05.10, and this technical specification is incorporated herein by reference, and just looks like all to propose equally in this article.Receive from subscriber station 302 on the base station 304 reply after, base station 304 can be adjusted the subscriber station transmit timing when needed and keep subscriber station 302 closed-loop control regularly in each time frame 501.
Measure for accurate timing in the RTT transaction, preferably utilize the direct sequence spread spectrum modulation format to realize communicating by letter between subscriber station 302 and the base station 304.Extended formatting also can use, but may cause more coarse RTT to measure, and the result makes in the protection frequency band 512 of shortening of the timing error in subscriber station 302 transmission needs bigger tolerance.
Fig. 5 B is expression links example in base station 304 and the initial communication between the subscriber station 302 according to the system of Fig. 5 A a timing diagram.In order to implement the initial communication between base station 304 and the subscriber station 302, each base station transmits during transmission time slot 510 can have brief title 550 in data link message 511 fronts, represents whether specific time slot is available to 510,511.If time slot is available to the 510, the 511st, wish that the subscriber station 302 of communicating by letter with base station 304 foundation replys with brief response message 562 in to 510,511 receiving slot 511 at time slot.Receiving slot 511 should have at least one complete round guard time and add the duration of response message 562 length so that consider initial ultimate range uncertainty between base station 304 and the subscriber station 302 when initial communication.
562 times of reception response message that base station 304 is relatively actual and the time of reception of expectation, and how far definite subscriber station 302 has.In later time frame 501, base station 304 can be ordered subscriber station 302 to shift to an earlier date when needed or be postponed it regularly, does not disturb between the subscriber station 302 so that after this can send complete length information message.
Present timing agreement shown in the key-drawing 5B in more detail.Wish that setting up the subscriber station 302 of communicating by letter with base station 304 listens to the titles 550 that start 304 emissions from the base station at each transmission time slot 510.Comprise the indication corresponding time slot to the 510, the 511st when subscriber station 302 detects, during the title 550 of available or unappropriated status message, subscriber station 302 is attempted utilizing response message to reply.Title 550 can comprise the bit of definition Δ T time of delay and give and reply the scheduled delay of subscriber station 302 indications before it should be launched in answer.Time of delay, Δ T can measure according to various benchmark, but preferably with respect to corresponding receiving slot 511 begin measure.Subscriber station 302 preferably includes the relative position that is used to write down time slot 510 and 511 and device (such as timer and/or counter) regularly so that accurately reply.
In the example of Fig. 5 B, the relative delay that time of delay, Δ T representative began to measure from suitable receiving slot 511.The exploded view of expression receiving slot 511 among Fig. 5 B.On suitable receiving slot 511, subscriber station 302 is a delay Δ T time of delay before sending response message 562, and time of delay, Δ T can be used for mistake processing or other internal affairs tasks by subscriber station 302.As Fig. 5 B during from the viewpoint signal of the base station 304 that wait acknowledge message 562 receives, base station 304 will be felt from the propagation delay 561 of time to the 362 actual reception times of response message of subscriber station 302 emission response messages 362.By measuring the temporal difference between Δ T end time of delay and response message 562 beginnings, propagation delay 561 can be determined in base station 304.
Therefore, response message 562 can be used as above-mentioned RTT response message, wherein base station 304 in receiving response message 562 by measuring the timing that propagation delay 561 determines that subscriber station 302 is suitable.
In case determined propagation delay 561, base station 304 can be ordered subscriber station 302 to shift to an earlier date or be postponed its regularly quantity of a hope.For example, the base station 304 in Fig. 5 of example B system can order subscriber station 302 that its timing advance is equaled the time quantum in propagation delay time 561, so that subscriber station 302 is shortening the least significant end emission of protection frequency band 512 basically.Therefore, when subscriber station 302 during at maximum magnitude, the timing advance order will be set to for zero (not comprising the delay Δ T that lies in the subscriber station transmission).On the contrary, when subscriber station 302 very when the base station, the timing advance order will be provided with near the whole protecting time (that is maximum delay spread time) that is provided.The timing advance order can be expressed as a plurality of bits or timeslice, so that subscriber station 302 is by bit or timeslice quantity with its timing advance or postponement regulation.Selectively, the timing advance order can be expressed as the amount (for example, 2 microseconds) of the part of second.As noted, subscriber station 302 can utilize and develop and be used for the technology of said GSM system routinely or utilize other appropriate device in advance or postpone it regularly.
In one embodiment, time of delay Δ T preferably is set and equals the reception of subscriber station 302/emission change-over time.Therefore, being converted to the emission mode delay associated with subscriber station 302 from receiving mode is not included in the RTT measurement.Also should select time of delay Δ T enough short, so that stand 302 response message 562 and user of specific user is overlapping to not having between the base station transmits in other receiving slots 511.
Utilize short response messages 562 launch in same receiving slot 511 if attempt to set up two subscriber stations 302 of communication, depend on that each subscriber station 302 leaves base station 304 and how far has, response message 562 possibilities are overlapping or may be not overlapping.In some cases, Tong Shi response message 562 will cause interference.If base station 304 receives two response messages 562 in same receiving slot 511, the subscriber station 302 that base station 304 can be selected to have strong signal communicates.
Selectively, base station 304 can begin to back off (backoff) process or manage conflict to being suitable for application-specific.For example, the order of backing off can be sent in base station 304, and each subscriber station 302 is backed off the variable cycle according to the inside programming parameter of each the subscriber station 302 uniqueness user identification number of uniqueness (for example, such as).As another selection, if base station 304 can differentiate between two response messages 562 that base station 304 can indicate one or two subscriber station 302 to settle again to different time-gap 510,511 so.
Therefore, Fig. 5 A-5B system describes in one aspect and adjusts rl transmission combination TDD/TDM/TDMA message structure regularly, thus from subscriber station 302 transmitting users to message sequence ground, base station arrival base station 304 and not overlapping.Base station 304 utilizes the TDM technology to launch single long data pulse train during the hop 502 of time frame 501, and this serial data comprises a plurality of base stations to user message, and 510 1 base stations of each transmission time slot are to user message.After hop 502, base station 304 is converted to receiving mode.Each subscriber station 302 extracts predetermined particular data to it from the pulse train of long base station.Do not allow rl transmission to begin, all have chance up to all subscriber stations 302 and receive its forward link data.Subscriber station 302 is using in the receiving slot 511 that distributes on the identical frequency with base station 304 subsequently, has only minimum guard time 512 to reply one by one between receiving with each.In order to prevent the interference of user between transmitting, base station 304 orders with corpse station 302 in advance or postpone its transmit timing when needed.
Fig. 6 is the figure as total round guard time of Fig. 5 A-5B system-frame percentage of time (that is, aggregate protection part 503 adds the protection frequency band 512 and emission/reception transfer lag of shortening).Add 4 microseconds so that consider emission/reception transfer lag, and supposition: the reverse link tdma slot separates 2 microseconds to allow timing error.Selection has the example of the time frame 501 of 4 millisecond duration as Fig. 6.The figure of Fig. 6 represents: even mesh diameter reaches 25 miles, also have suitable relatively expense requirement.Fig. 6 also represents, when timeslot number increases, every time frame 501 be allocated for the subscriber station timing error more total times, but that overhead still remains less than 10% for 25 mile radius mesh.
Fig. 7 is the schematic diagram with TDD/TDM/TDMA timing architecture of the selectable initial timing agreement that is used to reduce total round guard time.Similar Fig. 5 A-5B, the TDMA aspect of Fig. 7 relates to base station transmits, and the TDMA aspect relates to user's transmission.
Initial foundation and RTT that Fig. 7 embodiment uses aggregate protection part 503 (shown in previous Fig. 5 A) to be used to communicate by letter measure.The method of Fig. 7 is opposite with the method for describing according to Fig. 5 B, wherein since initial two-way time uncertainty, each receiving slot 511 preferably has the maximum round trip time that is not less than as noted duration of (adding response message length).Time frame 501 comprises that in Fig. 5 B system of many receiving slots 511 of short duration relatively, for very large mesh, initially two-way time, uncertainty then may cover several receiving slots 511 therein.In this case, the trial of subscriber station 302 transmission response messages 562 may be disturbed the data link transmission of other subscriber stations 302 during initial link, causes disturbing or the overlapping message that is received during receiving slot 511 by base station 304.
In order to prevent this situation, as mentioned, each receiving slot in Fig. 5 B system should have and is not less than the duration that the maximum round trip guard time adds 562 duration of response message sum.Therefore, the maximum round trip propagation time is provided with maximum constraints for the time slot in Fig. 5 B system (therefore for the user) quantity.
Fig. 7 system solves this identical problem by the initial foundation that service time, frame 501 specified portions was used to communicate by letter.In the system of Fig. 7; for the possibility that prevents that the RTT response message is overlapping or disturb; provide again and handle the more ability of multi-slot (especially in big mesh), the aggregate protection part is implemented initial communication link (comprising the RTT transaction) during 503 free times between time frame 501 hops 502 of first receiving slot 511 that nearly also comprises time frame 501 receiving units 504 when needed finish.RTT measures and the auxiliary initial communication link of setting up between base station 304 and the new subscriber station 302 thereby aggregate protection time portion 503 is used to implement in Fig. 7 system.
In Fig. 7 system, transmission time slot 510 can comprise a title, the title shown in similar Fig. 5 B.This title can be indicated: whether particular time-slot is idle to 510,511.If time slot, wishes that the subscriber station 302 of setting up communication utilizes the message of the desirable communication time slot of expression to reply to 510 free time.If do not use title, subscriber station 302 utilizes general access to ask to reply, and base station 304 can indicate subscriber station 302 to use particular time-slot to be used for communication to 510,511 in following time frame 501.The general access request of subscriber station 302 can comprise user identifier, to allow the base station 304 concrete subscriber stations 302 of seeking the request access.
Title 550 in Fig. 7 system can comprise the instruction of indication lag time Δ T, wishes to set up the subscriber station 302 of communicating by letter after the Δ T in this time of delay and can reply.Selectively, such Δ T time of delay can pre-programmed be a system parameters, thus subscriber station 302 postpone its reply until time of delay Δ T in the past till.Detecting base station transmits 502 end and latency delays time Δ T after the past, subscriber station 302 emission RTT response messages 701 or 702.
If subscriber station 302 is very near base station 304, RTT response message 701 will be immediately following finishing the back and may appear at base station 304 in aggregate protection part 503 in base station transmits 502 so.
If subscriber station 302, then depends on particular system definition and regularly near the mesh peripheries, response message 702 or when concentrated protection part 503 fast end or in first receiving slot 511 of time frame 501 receiving units 504, appear at base station 304.First receiving slot 511 of the data link communication that can be used for having set up is at first receiving slot 511 from response message maximum round trip propagation delay (the comprising message-length) appointment afterwards of the subscriber station 302 that is positioned at maximum mesh periphery.Can add that also some guard time tolerances are to guarantee not disturb from the response message of farther subscriber station 302 the reverse data link transmission of the subscriber station 302 of the foundation communication of controlling oneself.
Title 550 comprises among the embodiment of relevant time slot to 510,511 availability informations therein, and RTT response message 701 or 702 may comprise the time slot identifier that expression subscriber station 302 wishes to use that available time slot that communicates.Subscriber station 302 also can transmit definite time slot availability of 504 a period of times by monitoring base station transmits 502 and/or user, therefore and emission comprises the RTT response message 701 or 702 of time slot identifier, and this identifier represents that available time slot that subscriber station 302 wishes to be used to communicate by letter is to 510,511.In replying, during first transmission time slot 510 of hop 502, base station 304 can be sent allowance subscriber station 302 and be used the time slot of request to 510,511 instructions that are used to communicate by letter, indication subscriber station 302 uses different time slots to be used for communication to 510,511, or notice subscriber station 302: this base station 304 is busy.
If do not use title, if or subscriber station 302 do not have the customizing messages of relevant time slot to 510,511 availabilities, subscriber station 302 can still be launched RTT response message 701 or 702 as general access request.In response, during first transmission time slot 510 of hop 502, base station 304 can be sent indication subscriber station 302 and be used particular time-slot to 510,511 instructions that are used to communicate by letter, or notice subscriber station 302: base station 304 is busy.The general access request of subscriber station 302 can comprise the subscriber station identifier, so that the subscriber station 302 that allows base station 304 concrete addressing requests to insert.
In an embodiment of Fig. 7 system, first receiving slot 511 of receiving unit 504 only is used to receive RTT response message 701 or 702 and sets up communication, unless every other time slot all hurries to 510,510, first receiving slot 511 can be used for data link communication in this case.In the later case, if it is available to cause another time slot to become 510,511 owing to communicating by letter with 302 terminations of different user station, the subscriber station 302 that takies first receiving slot 511 can be transferred to available receiving slot 511, thereby is used for inserting by seeking to set up new subscriber station 302 beginnings first receiving slot 511 of communicating by letter with same base station 304.
In described embodiment; wherein first receiving slot 511 of aggregate protection part 503 and receiving unit 504 all is used to receive RTT response message 701 or 702, and the pattern length of the aggregate protection time 503 and first receiving slot 511 should be not less than the duration sum that the maximum round trip propagation time adds RTT response message 701 or 702.
In the variation of Fig. 7 embodiment, have only aggregate protection part 503 to be used for initial communication link and be used to receive RTT response message 701.First receiving slot 511 in this embodiment is not used in such purpose.In this changed, aggregate protection part 503 length should be not less than the duration sum that the maximum round trip propagation time adds RTT response message 701.
After RTT response message 701 or 702 were received in base station 304, the response mode of base station 304 depended on specific system protocol, and as noted, base station 304 can utilize title 550 emissions, but not necessarily; Subscriber station 302 can utilize RTT response message 701 or 702 to reply, and has or do not have the particular time-slot request; And first receiving slot 511 can maybe may be not used in and receive RTT response message 701 or 702.Therefore, the response mode of base station 304 depends on the ad hoc structure of system, and specific embodiment described here does not plan to limit the possible base station/subscriber station initial communication processing that falls in the category of the present invention.
If first receiving slot 511 just is being used from the aggregate protection time 503 1 and is receiving RTT response message 701,702, base station 304 can utilize initial communication response message response RTT response message 701 or 702 in immediately following first transmission time slot 510 at the radiating portion 502 of time frame 501 back so.Base station 304 can utilize particular transmission time slot 510 (for example, first transmission time slot 510) to assist initialization.
If the particular time-slot that RTT response message 701 or 702 identification subscriber stations 302 wish to be used to communicate by letter is to 510,511, base station 304 can be at title 550, digital massage part 551 or the response subscriber station 302 in the two of the appointment transmission time slot 510 in the time frame 510 that the next one is right after so.If two subscriber stations 302 send the RTT response message 701 or 702 of request communication beginning in to 510,511 at same time slot, base station 304 can send in the title 550 of specifying transmission time slot 510 and select replying of one of two subscriber stations 302, and indicate another subscriber station 302 to use different time-gaps to 510,511 or indicate its length of backing off, and base station 304 data-message in the data-message part 551 of the predetermined appointment transmission time slot 510 to selected user station 302 of emission in the frame 501 at one time.
If two subscriber stations 302 are attempted (that is, at one time in the frame 501) access base station 304 simultaneously, then the subscriber station 302 of strong signal can be selected to have in base station 304.
Selectively, base station 304 can start the process of backing off, otherwise manages conflict to being suitable for application-specific.For example, the order of backing off can be sent in base station 304, and this order makes each subscriber station 302 according to the inside programming parameter of each the subscriber station 302 uniqueness customer identification number of uniqueness (for example, the such as) variable time of backing off.
As another selection, base station 304 can indicate one or two subscriber station 302 to be rescheduled to different time-gap to 510,511.If each all comprises different time-gap identifier (supposition: subscriber station 302 is such as having known that from base station title 550 relevant which time slot is empty information) response message 701,702, base station 304 may begin to communicate by letter with two subscriber stations 302 simultaneously so, suppose: response message 701,702 (is not is not for example hindered and damaged mutually, when different user station 302 during away from base station 304 same distance, the phase mutual interference may take place).
The same with Fig. 5 B embodiment, in Fig. 7 embodiment, RTT response message 701 or 702 can be by base station 304 by measure receiving the timing that propagation delay in the response message 701 or 702 is used for determining that subscriber station 302 is suitable.The subscriber station 302 of seeking to set up communication after receiving base station transmits 502 before sending response message 701 or 702 a delay Δ T time of delay.Base station 304 by measure from base station transmits 502 finish to response message 701 or the round-trip propagation delay of 702 actual reception times consider simultaneously time of delay Δ T determine from subscriber station 302 to the base station 304 propagation delay.
In case determined the propagation delay time, base station 304 can order subscriber station 302 be used to relatively the suitable time slot of communicating by letter to 510,511 with its timing advance or postpone desired number.For example, base station 304 can order subscriber station 302 that its timing advance is equaled the time quantum of round trip propagation time, so that subscriber station 302 emission when shortening protection frequency band 512 fast end basically.For example, subscriber station 302 can utilize in the said GSM system development and the conventional technology of using or utilize any other appropriate device in advance or put off it regularly.
Time delay Δ T among Fig. 7 preferably is set to equal bigger time in the two the emission/reception change-over time of base station 304 and the reception of subscriber station 302/emission change-over time.This is in order to guarantee: if the extremely close base station 304 of the subscriber station of replying 302, subscriber station 302 will be not included in the RTT measurement from the delay that receiving mode is converted to the emission mode, and allow subscriber station 302 that enough processing times are arranged.Base station transmits 502 end have been detected in case wish the subscriber station 302 of setting up communication, subscriber station 302 can be immediately sends its response message 562 and need not carry on a shoulder pole and disturb interference in time of delay after the Δ T, cause that the forward link that disturbs other subscriber stations 302 receives because response message 562 reality can not surmount to extraradial forward-link messages.
Fig. 8 A is the hardware block diagram of base station 304 according to an embodiment of the invention.The base station 304 of Fig. 8 A comprises data-interface 805, time-of-the-day order unit 806, transmitter 807.Antenna 808, receiver 809, pattern control 810, TDD State Control 811 and propagation delay calculation device 812.
Implement the timing controlled of Fig. 8 A system by TDD State Control 811.TDD State Control 811 comprises the appropriate device such as counter and clock circuit, is used to keep the simultaneous operation of TDD system.Thereby TDD State Control 811 is the duration of timing time frame 501 and part thereof exactly, comprises each transmission time slot 510, receiving slot 511, the protection frequency band 512 and the aggregate protection part 503 that shorten.
TDD State Control 811 can be at any time with synchronous such as the system clock that may be arranged in base station controller, group control device or related network, so that the global synchronization between the base station of permission in a zone or group.
Pattern control 810 is selected between emission mode and receiving mode operation.Pattern control 810 from TDD State Control 811 sense information to determine suitable pattern.For example, when radiating portion 502 finished, as represented by the status bits in the TDD State Control 811, pattern control 810 can be receiving mode from the emission mode translative mode.When receiving unit 504 finished, as represented by the status bits in the TDD State Control 811, pattern control 810 can be emission mode from the receiving mode translative mode.
During emission mode, the data that launch offer data-interface 805 from data/address bus 813.The data that data-interface 805 will be launched offer time-of-the-day order unit 806.As explained in more detail herein, time-of-the-day order unit 806 formats the data that will launch and regularly adjust instruction 815 so that comprise when wishing.Data by 806 outputs of time-of-the-day order unit can be the forms of the hop 502 shown in Fig. 5 A, thereby are scheduled to suitably separate to the data of each subscriber station 302.
The output of time-of-the-day order unit 806 offers transmitter 807, data that transmitter 807 modulation is used for communicating by letter and in the predetermined data to each subscriber station 302 of suitable transmission time slot 510 emissions.Transmitter 807 or from pattern control 810 or directly from TDD State Control 811, obtain necessary timing information.Transmitter 807 can comprise all spread spectrum modulator as known in the art.These data are launched from antenna 808 by transmitter 807.
Subscriber station 302 receives the data of emission, the user of formulism response sends the user to base station message to the message of base station and to return order.Subscriber station 302 structures, 304 receive the formulistic shown in Figure 9 of transmission and response message and further be described below from the base station.Message from subscriber station 302 appears at base station 304 in receiving slot 511.
After emission mode is converted to receiving mode, antenna 808 is used for receiving data from subscriber station 302.Though at individual antenna 808 shown in Fig. 8 A embodiment, different antennae can be used for transmitting and receiving function, and a plurality of antenna can be used for reaching the purpose of antenna diversity benefit.Antenna 808 is coupled to receiver 809.Receiver 809 comprises that demodulator or spread spectrum correlator or both include.Demodulated data offers data-interface 805, and is sent to subsequently on the data/address bus 813.Demodulated data also offers propagation delay calculation device 812, the propagation delay time that this calculator 812 calculates the RTT transaction.
In operation, time-of-the-day order unit 806 will regularly be adjusted instruction such as period of time T (this may comprise maybe may be not included in the initial delay period Δ T that uses in the Timing Processing that comes and goes) and be inserted in the transmission time slot 510, indication subscriber station 302 will send the time quantum that its operating lag equals period of time T, regularly adjust on the assigned address to the user message of base station that instruction can be placed on transmission during the suitable transmission time slot 510.For example, regularly adjusting instruction can be placed in the title 550 or data-message part 551 of transmission time slot 510.When initial communication links, regularly adjust instruction and preferably be set to subscriber station 302 reception/emission conversion delaing times, and after this adjusting according to the propagation delay time of calculating.
Receive the subscriber station 302 of regularly adjusting instruction its operating lag will the have been sent time quantum of appointment.The response message that subscriber station 302 sends receives and offers propagation delay calculation device 812 by receiver 809.Propagation delay calculation device 812 obtains timing information accurately from TDD State Control 811, so that propagation delay calculation device 812 can accurately be determined the air propagation delay of the response message of transmission from subscriber station 302.Specifically, propagation delay may be calculated the response message actual reception time and the time difference that equals between the time quantum of suitable receiving slot 511 beginnings time T (if such late programming is gone in each user answer, then adding delay period Δ T) in the past from subscriber station 302.
In a preferred embodiment, propagation delay calculation device 812 calculates stand 302 new timing adjustment instruction 815 of specific user subsequently.Preferably select new timing adjustment instruction 815, make in time frame 501 subsequently response message from subscriber station 302 when the protection frequency band 512 that shortens finishes, begin and not with overlapping from the response message of any other subscriber station 302.For example, the new timing adjustment instruction specific user that can equal to calculate 302 the round trip propagation time of standing.
Regularly adjusting instruction 815 can upgrade where necessary, so that keep the satisfactory quality of communicating by letter between base station 304 and all subscriber stations 302.Therefore, propagation delay calculation device 812 is preferably the timing adjustment instruction 815 that each independent subscriber stations 302 storage is calculated, when subscriber station 302 moves more close base station 304, increase progressively and regularly adjust instruction 815, and when subscriber station 302 moves further from base station 304, successively decrease and regularly adjust instruction 815.Therefore, with dynamical fashion in advance or postpone the timing of subscriber station 302, and communicating by letter not of continuing between base station 304 and the subscriber station 302 can be owing to the overlapping user who replys from subscriber station 302 receptions is interrupted to base station message.
Fig. 8 B is the hardware block diagram that embodiment can be selected in base station 304.Fig. 8 B base station is similar to the base station of Fig. 8 A, except following employing begins counting instruction and stops the counting instruction, from transmitter 807 beginning base station transmits the time, begins to count instruction 830 and sends to stand 302 TDD State Control 811 of targeted customer from transmitter 807.Stand from the targeted customer when receiver 809 and 302 to receive when replying, subscriber station sends and stops to count order 831 to stand 302 TDD State Control 811 of targeted customer.Be stored in the value that the specific user stands in 302 counters and represent the round-trip propagation delay time, each subscriber station 302 of getting in touch with base station 304 can adopt independent counter.
Fig. 9 is the hardware block diagram of subscriber station 302 according to an embodiment of the invention.The subscriber station 302 of Fig. 9 comprises data-interface 905, time-of-the-day order interpreter 906, transmitter 907, antenna 908, receiver 909, pattern control 910 and TDD State Control 911.
Implement the timing controlled of Fig. 9 system by TDD State Control 911; TDD State Control 911 comprises the appropriate device such as counter and clock circuit; be used to keep the simultaneous operation of subscriber station 302 in the TDD system; thereby the duration of TDD State Control 911 accurate timing time frames 501 and part thereof, comprise each transmission time slot 510, receiving slot 511, the protection frequency band 512 and the aggregate protection part 503 that shorten.
Pattern control 910 is selected between operation issue pattern and receiving mode.Pattern control 910 from TDD State Control 911 sense information to determine suitable pattern.For example, pattern control 910 can translative mode be receiving mode during the suitable transmission time slot 510 of time frame 501 for the status bits in the response TDD State Control 911.Pattern control 910 status bits translative mode during suitable receiving slot 511 that can respond in the TDD State Control 911 are emission mode.At other times, pattern control 910 can be maintained fixed pattern, maybe can remain on receiving mode so that monitor transmission from base station 304.Near the activity of other base stations the supervision base station 304, or be used for other purposes.
During emission mode, the data that launch offer data-interface 905 from data/address bus 913.Data-interface 905 offers transmitter 907 with these data, these data that transmitter 907 modulation is used for communicating by letter and in suitable receiving slot 511 these data of emission.Transmitter 907 or from pattern control 910 or directly from TDD State Control 911, obtain necessary timing information.Transmitter 907 can (but be not must) comprise all spread spectrum modulator as known in the art, and data are launched from antenna 908 by transmitter 907.
Base station 304 receives the data of emission, base station to the user message that formulism is replied is desirable and sends this base station to user message in suitable transmission time slot 510.
In receiving mode, antenna 908 is used for the 304 reception data from the base station.Though at individual antenna 908 shown in Fig. 9 embodiment, different antennae can be used for emission and receiving function, or a plurality of antenna can be used for obtaining antenna diversity.Antenna 908 is coupled to receiver 909.Receiver 909 can comprise that demodulator or spread spectrum correlator or the two include: demodulated data offers data-interface 905 and sends data/address bus 913 subsequently to.Demodulated data also offers time-of-the-day order interpreter 906, and interpreter 906 provides the 304 timing adjustment instructions that receive from the base station.
In operation, the data of time-of-the-day order interpreter 906 syntactic analyses 304 receptions from the base station are to determine regularly to adjust instruction.Suppose: regularly adjust the time T that instruction comprises round propagation (RTT) time that equals to calculate, time-of-the-day order interpreter 906 can be recalibrated so that reach its overall situation regularly at clock and/or the timer in the TDD State Control 911 that resets of the suitable moment (such as when next time frame 501 begins soon).If regularly adjusted instruction and be with timing advance an instruction of time T quantity, so time-of-the-day order interpreter 906 can be just in time in a period of time of the time T of current time frame 501 before in the past TDD State Control 911 that resets.If regularly adjust instruction is regularly to have postponed an instruction of time T quantity, so time-of-the-day order interpreter 906 can be just in time in a period of time of the time T of current time frame 501 after in the past TDD State Control 911 that resets.
As noted, regularly adjustment instructs bit or the timeslice quantity that can utilize subscriber station 302 should shift to an earlier date or postpone its timing to represent.Regularly adjusting instruction also can utilize mark timing unit (for example, millisecond) to represent.
Selectively, time-of-the-day order interpreter 906 can keep internal timing to adjust variable, thereby uses delta modulation techniques.Whenever 304 receiving that internal timing is adjusted variable when regularly adjusting instruction and just upgrade once from the base station.If regularly adjusting instruction is an instruction of early timing, then regularly adjust the variable quantity T that successively decreases.If regularly adjust instruction is to postpone time-of-the-day order, then regularly adjusts variable increment quantity T.Regularly adjust the output that variable can be added to TDD State Control 511, so that regularly synchronous with the base station.Selectively, regularly adjust variable and can directly offer transmitter 907 and receiver 909, transmitter 907 and receiver 909 correspondingly change their operation timing.
Time-of-the-day order interpreter 906 can comprise first order tracking circuit, and the time cycle ground heddle is combined in the request variation in the transmit timing one by one, and adjusts the timing of subscriber station 302 transmission in view of the above.
Fig. 5 C is the timing diagram of TDD/TDM/TDMA system change of Fig. 5 A of the use staggered symbol transformat represented from the base station.In Fig. 5 C, time frame 570 is divided into hop 571, aggregate protection time portion 576 and receiving unit 572, is similar to Fig. 5 A or Fig. 7.During hop 571, base station 304 is transmitted to a plurality of subscriber stations 302 during a plurality of transmission time slots 574.In each transmission time slot 574, base station 304 send the branch message 589 that comprises each subscriber station 302 (if or receiving slot vacant, the branch message 589 that is used for general poll or other functions) staggered message 578, and do not send the message of pointing to unique user station 302.Therefore, subscriber station 302 receives the part of its total input message from each transmission time slot 574, and must monitor so that obtain the whole message of its time frame 570 during whole hop 571.
More particularly, shown in Fig. 5 C, each transmission time slot 574 comprises a plurality of minutes message 589, preferably 575 1 branch message 589 of each receiving slot (and so 302 1 branch message 589 of each possible subscriber station).For example, if 16 transmission time slots 574 and 16 receiving slots 575 are arranged, each transmission time slot 574 will comprise 16 branch message 589, with 589-1,589-2 ... the order of 589-16 is represented.Each branch message 589 preferably includes the code element of equal number, for example 40 code elements.Predetermined 302, the second fens message 589-2 of first subscriber station that give of message 589-1 were predetermined to second subscriber station 302 in first minute, by that analogy, to the last divided message 589-16.Subscriber station 302 is read its part input message, reads the next part of its input message from suitable minute message 589 of second transmission time slot from suitable branch message 589 in first transmission time slot 574, or the like, until last transmission time slot 574, in this last transmission time slot 574, subscriber station 302 receives the decline of its message.
In each transmission time slot 574, are preambles 577 in staggered message 578 fronts.Preamble 577 assisted user stations 302 are synchronous, and may comprise spreading code, preamble 577 appears in each transmission time slot 574 and is dispersed in whole hop 574, therefore allow subscriber station 302 to support to set up Rake receiver (for example, synchronous) and/or the useful channel sounding operation of selection diversity.Because subscriber station 302 obtains its information in whole hop 571, so communication path is more insensitive to the unexpected decline or the interference that only influence the hop 571 between relative short-term.Therefore, if interference or decline destroy the information in particular transmission time slot 574 (for example, second transmission time slot 574), subscriber station 302 will have the branch message 589 of 15 receptions and not suffer such interference or decline.
By adopting forward error correction technique, the one or more minutes message 589 that subscriber station 302 soft errors receive.Preferred forward error correction technique is used the Reed-Solomon sign indicating number, and this yard can utilize the general known algorithm in this area to generate.The quantity of the mistake branch message 589 that can proofread and correct is by equation INT[(R-K)/2] provide, wherein R=sends to the code element number of subscriber station 302 in a burst periods, K=is used for business information (that is) code element number, non-error correction, and the INT representative is rounded down to the function near integer.Therefore, for specifying R (N K)=the Reed-Solomon sign indicating number of R (40,31), can proofread and correct nearly INT[(40-31)/2 ]-4 mistake branch message 589.
Though specific code element interlace scheme is illustrated among Fig. 5 c, also can use such as other staggered element interleaving technology of diagonal angle.
Subscriber station 302 is generally to reply in reverse link according to Fig. 5 A or 7 same way as of describing.Therefore, subscriber station 302 utilizes the user to transmit in the receiving slot 575 of the receiving unit 572 of appointment to reply.Receiving slot 575 comprises preamble 579 and user message 580, and receiving slot 575 is separated by the guard time 573 that shortens, and range finding can be used for indicating subscriber station in advance or postpone it regularly, and is as mentioned previously.
Fig. 5 D is comparison according to the specific T DD/TDM/TDMA systematic function of Fig. 5 A that does not have forward error correction and figure according to the particular system performance of Fig. 5 C with forward error correction.Fig. 5 D represents the curve of frame error probability to signal to noise ratio (Eb/No), and unit is dB.In Fig. 5 D, represent 1,2 with the independent curve chart of 4 different Rake diversity channel L (that is soluble multipath).Solid line representative among Fig. 5 D does not have Fig. 5 A systematic function of forward error correction, and the dotted line representative has Fig. 5 C systematic function of Reed-Solomon forward error correction.Therefore Fig. 5 D represents to utilize the frame error probability in Fig. 5 A system of staggered symbol transmission and forward error correction significantly to reduce.
Another embodiment that is used for carrying out the time frame structure of communicating by letter between base station and a plurality of subscriber stations and relevant timing composition is illustrated in Figure 10 A-E.Figure 10 A is the figure that timing with the predefined format that uses in tdd systems divides composition.Three timings representing among Figure 10 A divide composition to be used to constitute the time division duplex frame structure, such as the frame structure of representing among Figure 10 B-E.Though the system according to Figure 10 A-E structure preferably uses spread spectrum to communicate, spread spectrum is not requirement.Yet, supposition is described below uses spread spectrum.For this example, the sheet speed of 5MHz preferably.
The expression base station regularly divides composition 1001, user data link regularly to divide composition 1011 and distance regularly to divide composition 1021 in Figure 10 A.Divide composition 1001,1011 and 1021 for each, explain more comprehensively, regularly divide subscriber station 302 initial range of composition 1021 to represent regularly from the base station with zero distance as following.
The base station regularly divides composition 1001 to comprise preamble interval, base station 1002, base station message interval 1003 and emission/reception conversion interval 1004.Preamble interval, base station 1002 can be 56 leaf length, and base station message interval 1003 can be 205 bit lengths (or equivalently, if use 32 primitive encodings, then being 1312).In preferred 32 primitive encoding technology, per five data bit sequences are represented by the spreading code of 32 unique lengths of a film.Employed spreading code quantity is 32, and each spreading code is the length of a film (for example, 32) of equal number, might make up with the institute that represents five data bits.Selectively each spreading code of tandem compound forms transmission in the base station message interval 1003 from 32 spread spectrum code characters.For total 205 bits, base station message interval 1003 comprises nearly 41 5 Bit data sequences of sum; Therefore, for 1312 of sums, the transmission in the basic messae interval 1003 can comprise the nearly series of 41 spreading codes, and each spreading code is selected from 32 spread spectrum code characters.
Though the optimum decision system of Figure 10 A-E utilizes 32 yuan of spread spectrum coding technology to be described, and depends on the particular system needs, also can use to comprise its M primitive encoding scheme other spread spectrums of (such as 4 yuan, 16 yuan etc.).
Emission/reception conversion interval 1004 preferably is chosen as and enough makes base station 304 be converted to receiving mode or enough make subscriber station 302 be converted to the time span of emission mode from receiving mode in certain embodiments from emission mode, and for example can be that 2 microseconds are long.
User data link is regularly divided composition 1011 and distance regularly to divide composition 1021 generally all to offer more than one subscriber station 302 and is used for transmission.As described in more detail below, these each first subscriber stations 302 that divide composition to offer data-message in the first that regularly divides composition 1011 or 1021 or range finding message that regularly divides composition 1011,1021 are used for transmitting and regularly divide second subscriber station 302 of control impuls preamble of the back part of composition 1011 or 1021 to be used for transmission.As described further below, the control impuls preamble generally allows base station 304 to carry out some function of relevant second subscriber station 302 (for example, power control).
User data link regularly divide composition 1011 comprise the data link preamble at interval 1012, user message at interval 1013, protection frequency band 1014, emission/receptions conversion interval 1015, second preamble at interval 1016, antenna adjustment interval 1017, second protects the frequency band 1018 and the second emission/reception conversion interval 1019.Each preamble interval 1012,1016 all can be 56 lengths of a film, and user message interval 1013 can be 205 bit long or 1312 lengths of a film, if regularly divide composition 1001 described 32 yuan of spread spectrum coding technology according to the base station above using. Protection frequency band 1014,1018 all can be 102.5 lengths of a film.Emission/ reception conversion interval 1015,1019 all can have be enough to allow to launch and receiving mode between correct conversion or the duration of the correct conversion between reception and the emission mode, depend on the circumstances.Antenna adjustment interval 1017 can have enough duration, with the transmission that allows the data symbols that expression specific antenna beam selects or allow on the base station 302 that the directional antenna angle is minimum to be adjusted or if a plurality of antennas are equipped in the base station, allow the transmission of data symbols of one or more days line options.
Range finding regularly divide composition 1021 comprise the range finding preamble at interval 1022, the user find range message interval 1023, range finding protection frequency band 1024, emission/receptions conversion interval 1025, second preamble at interval 1026, antenna adjustment interval 1027, second protects the frequency band 1028 and the second emission/reception conversion interval 1029.Preamble at interval 1022,1026 each all can be 56 lengths of a film, user's message interval 1023 of finding range can be 150 bit long or 960 lengths of a film, if regularly divide composition 1001 described 32 yuan of spread spectrum coding technology according to the base station above using.Range finding protection frequency band 1024 can be 454.5 lengths of a film, and other protection frequency bands 1028 can be 102.5 lengths of a film.Emission/ reception conversion interval 1025,1029 all can be enough to allow to launch and receiving mode between or duration of correct conversion between reception and the emission mode, depend on the circumstances.Can there be enough duration at antenna adjustment interval 1027, if to allow to be used to select particular antenna beam or allow the little adjustment of directional antenna angle or the base station 302 of base station 302 are equipments like this, allow the transmission of data symbols of one or more days line options.
It can be 1400 that the total length of composition 1001 is regularly divided in the base station, and it can be 1725 that each user data link regularly divides composition 1011 and distance regularly to divide the total length of composition 1021.For the value of these particular exemplary, suppose the sheet speed of 5MHz.
Figure 10 B is to use the described timing of Figure 10 A to divide the timing diagram of the fixedly time division duplex frame structure (or selectively, zero offset tdd frame structure) of composition.The frame structure of the frame structure of Figure 10 B and following Figure 10 C-E 304 goes out to send expression from the base station.
In Figure 10 B, time frame 1040 comprises a plurality of time slots 1041.For simplicity, time slot also is appointed as the consecutive order of TS1, TS2, TS3 or the like.Each time slot 1041 comprise the base station regularly divide composition 1001 and or user data link regularly divide composition 1011 or distance regularly to divide composition 1021.Though the frame structure support of Figure 10 B is apart from regularly dividing composition 1021.But consider: can represent that the communication general using user data link in Figure 10 B system of anchor-frame structure regularly divides composition 1011 to carry out.
The appointment starting point that is noted that time slot TS1, TS2, TS3 etc. is random on certain program in Figure 10 B frame structure, and this paper further describes various other embodiment.Therefore, can the definition frame structure, make each time slot regularly divide composition 1011 or 1021 beginnings the user, or 1016 beginnings or when any specific fixed time interval beginning or ending in the preamble gap, and do not change system operation in fact.
In operation, base station 304 regularly divides the part of composition 1001 to give subscriber station 302 with the base station of each time slot 1041 of sequential transmission of its foundation communication.Therefore, preamble is at interval launched during 1002 at preamble in base station 304, and during base station message interval 1003 transmitting base station to user message.In emission/reception conversion interval 1004, base station 304 is converted to receiving mode from emission mode.Equally, subscriber station 302 is converted to emission mode from receiving mode during emission/reception conversion interval 1004.
In the first time slot TS1, it can be the first subscriber station M1 that moves that base station to the user message of launching in base station message interval 1003 sends to.After emission/reception conversion interval 1004, the first subscriber station M1 utilizes preamble to reply during data link preamble interval 1012, and utilizes the user to the base station acknowledgement messaging during user message interval 1013.Correct timing is preferably in communication to be provided with when initially setting up, and can be used to remaining in the time calibration of being seen base station 304 from the timing adjustment instruction such as according to other local timing adjustment instructions of describing of Fig. 8-9 and this paper of base station 304 from the transmission such as the subscriber station of the first subscriber station M1.Yet a round guard time must be included in each time slot 1041, gives base station 304 to allow base station to user message to propagate to subscriber station 302 and user to the base station message propagation.The description of the time slot TS1 that decomposes among the general presentation graphs 10B is supposition: subscriber station M1 leaves base station 304 zero distances; Therefore, and then the user regularly divides the emission/reception conversion interval 1004 of composition 1001 to appear among Figure 10 B in the base station to base station message.Yet,, give in the base station 304 to the base station message propagation the user so and will consume part guard time 1014 if subscriber station M1 is not next-door neighbour base station 304.Therefore, if subscriber station M1 in the mesh periphery, the user will appear at base station 304 in the past in the time cycle that equal 1014 duration of guard time at most to base station message so.Can allow than maximum necessary guard time 1014 that may be shorter from the timing adjustment of base station 304 instruction.
Is another emission/reception conversion interval 1015 may as reaching all user messages intervals 1013 by the consumption that base station 304 is perceived to the transmission of messages of base station with the user from the first subscriber station M1 who protects frequency band 1014.After emission/reception conversion interval 1015, during preamble interval 1016, receive the control impuls preamble from the second subscriber station M2.Be explained in more detail control impuls preamble function below.At preamble is antenna adjustment interval 1017 at interval after 1016, and during 1017, if necessary, its transmit antennas are adjusted in base station 304, so that it is sent to the second subscriber station M2 during this time.In the antenna adjustment at interval is another protection frequency band 1018 after 1017, and this consideration control impuls preamble is propagation time of 304 to the base station.After the preamble interval is another emission/reception conversion interval 1019, is converted to the chance of emission mode and allows the second subscriber station M2 to be converted to the chance of receiving mode from emission mode from receiving mode to allow base station 304.
The control impuls preamble that receives during preamble interval 1016 is preferably as many functions.The control impuls preamble can by base station 304 be used for determining about with the information of subscriber station 302 communication links.Therefore, the control impuls preamble can provide the power measurement of base station 304 expressions through the path of air traffic channel loss and link-quality.The received signal quality of received power and signal to noise ratio can be determined to comprise in base station 304.Base station 304 also can be determined direction or distance and subscriber station 302 the communication links noise level or the multipath error that may subject to of subscriber station 302 for responding power, envelope or control impuls preamble phase place.
For response receives control impuls preamble and definite received signal quality and other operating parameters in preamble interval 1016, if necessary, base station 304 can send the message that order subscriber station 302 is adjusted its power.According to received signal quality, base station 304 can order subscriber station 302 to change (promptly, increasing or reduce) the relative discrete quantity of its Set For Current of its transmitting power is (promptly, minimum 3dB step-length), surpass until the control impuls preamble quality that receives in 1016 at interval at preamble periodically by base station 304 and can accept thresholding.
After the power setting of subscriber station 302 was determined in base station 304, its power also can be adjusted in base station 304.Base station 304 can be adjusted its power respectively to each time slot 1041.
According to following table 10-1 codified from the base station 304 preferred power control commands to subscriber station 302:
Table 10-1
Power control command is adjusted
000 no change
001 -3dB
010 -6dB
011 -9dB
100 +3dB
101 +6dB
110 +12dB
111 +21dB
Though in table 10-1, provide preferred value, but function control command number of steps and between difference can change according to application-specific and system requirements, relevant controlling pulse preamble (promptly, control impuls) can be as the relevant details of further details of power control mechanism careful respectively with inventor Gary B.Anderson with other, Ryan N.Jensen, the name of BryanK.Petch and Peter O.Peterson all is the application serial no 08/215 in " PCS mini phone/microgrid hole communicate by letter over-the-air protocol " with the exercise question of application on August 1st, 1994 on March 21st, 1994,306 and 08/293, find in 671, these two applications are quoted at this, as all being to propose in this article.
Return Figure 10 B, in next time slot TS2 of time slot TS1 back, base station 304 sends preamble and sends the base station to user message during base station message interval 1003 during base station preamble interval 1002, these two message all send to the second subscriber station M2, thereby base station 304 can be replied the control impuls preamble that subscriber station M2 sends apace.As the first time slot TS1, after base station message interval 1003 emission/reception conversion interval 1004, be converted to receiving mode and subscriber station M2 is converted to emission mode every 1004 base stations durings 304 during this time.Subsequently, subscriber station M2 utilize the data link preamble at interval the preamble in 1012 and user message at interval the user in 1013 reply to base station message.All the other steps among the time slot TS2 are similar to those steps of the first time slot TS1, except the following relevant preamble interval 1016 that proposes.
Supposition in the example time frame 1040 of Figure 10 B: in the 3rd time slot TS3, do not set up communication link, and therefore the 3rd time slot TS3 can communicate by letter the free time.Owing to during time slot TS3, there is not subscriber station 302 to be in the communication of having set up, so at the preamble of the second time slot TS2 not emission control pulse preamble during 1016 at interval.Base station 304 can be indicated by for example launch general polling message during the basic messae interval 1003 of time slot TS3: the particular time-slot 1041 such as time slot TS3 can be used for communication.
If the 3rd subscriber station M3 wishes to communicate by letter with base station foundation, respond so in the user message interval 1013 of base station 304, the three subscriber station M3 at time slot TS3 of emission general poll message during the basic messae interval 1003 of the 3rd time slot TS3 and send the general poll response message.When the 3rd subscriber station M3 responds with the general poll response message, thereby base station 304 can be determined the distance of subscriber station M3 and determine the desired timing adjustment of subscriber station M3 subsequent transmission.
Because it is minimum that efficiency reasons, guard time 1014 and 1018 preferably keep, guard time 1014,1018 is more little, and the frame structure of Figure 10 B can be supported many more subscriber stations 302.Usually, thus guard time 1014,1018 do not have and be enough to allow whole range finding to handle the duration of taking place.Especially, range finding handle (regularly divide composition 1021 rather than regularly divide composition 1011 to realize) such as utilizing may cause seeking to set up subscriber station 302 transmission of communication and the control impuls preamble of the subscriber station 302 of in back to back time slot 1041, having communicated by letter with base station 304 between interference.If the lengthening guard time is to allow the range finding transaction, then less subscriber station 302 can be supported, especially in big mesh environment.Having the efficient of improvement and the replacement structural table of range finding processing flexibility in big mesh environment is shown among Figure 10 D and the 10E and more detailed below being described.
May utilize the specially appointed spreading code that only is used to find range message or only is used for the control impuls preamble to make potential interference minimum between range finding message and the control impuls preamble.Yet the code division multiplex of this mode can not provide satisfied isolation the between the interference signal.
If in Figure 10 B environment, support the range finding transaction, then the back part of time slot TS3 can comprise as above in conjunction with the described distance of Figure 10 A and regularly divides composition 1021, during this period rather than carry out range finding transaction between base station 304 and the subscriber station M3 during regularly dividing composition 1011.In this case, subscriber station M3 launches preamble during 1022 at interval at the range finding preamble of time slot TS3, and during the user of time slot TS3 finds range message interval 1023 emission range finding message.Subscriber station M3 postpones time Δ T measurement and launches preamble and range finding message.Time of delay, Δ T can be sent as the general poll message part by base station 304, maybe can be the system parameters of pre-programmed.Finish (promptly by measuring from base station message interval 1003 base station 304, preamble and range finding message possible the earliest reception) to the round-trip propagation delay of replying preamble and the actual reception time of range finding message from subscriber station M3, consider time of delay Δ T determine from subscriber station M3 to the base station 304 propagation delay.
Range finding protection frequency band 1024 among the time slot TS3 is long enough preferably; to allow between base station 304 and the subscriber station M3 distance apart from transaction; therefore; range finding protection frequency band 1024 length are partly determined by the radius of the mesh 303 at 304 places, base station, or can partly be determined by the maximum web pore radius of cellular system.
Response from subscriber station M3 receive range finding message and definite subscriber station 302 apart from and/or to propagation delay time of subscriber station 302, base station 304 can be sent in next time frame 1040 and regularly be adjusted instruction to subscriber station M3, indication subscriber station M3 is with its timing advance or postpone a specified quantity, for immediately following setting up time frame 1040 after communicate by letter, regularly adjust instruction and can be provided with and equal base station 304 definite round trip propagation time during the transaction of finding range with subscriber station M3.Preferably, select regularly to adjust instruction, so as to make in follow-up time frame 1040 from corpse station M3 to user's transmission of base station 304 by base station 304 immediately following after 1004 end of emission/reception conversion interval, receiving, as described according to Figure 10 A.
Except the purpose that is used to find range, range finding message also can comprise other information and help base station 304 and subscriber station M3 switching signal.For example, range finding message can comprise the user identifier of subscriber station M3 that is used to seek to set up communication as data.Range finding message also can be illustrated in the subsequent communications base station 304 and the specific user employed preferred spreading code of M3 of standing.
Base station 304 can utilize control impuls preamble (or selectively, the user is to base station message) time of reception to determine subscriber station 302 distance and send periodically to user message interim in the base station that sends to subscriber station 302 regularly to adjust order.
Figure 10 C is illustrated in the follow-up time frame of having set up between base station 304 and the 3rd subscriber station M3 after communicating by letter 1040, utilize or do not utilize the range finding transaction, in Figure 10 C, appear at the identical of the transaction among the first time slot TS1 and Figure 10 B between subscriber station M1 and the base station 304.Appear at also identical with Figure 10 B of the transaction among the second time slot TS2 between subscriber station M2 and the base station 304.Yet, during the second time slot TS2, not emission control pulse preamble in preamble interval 1016, but the 3rd subscriber station M3 emission control pulse preamble during the preamble interval 1016 of the second time slot TS2.Selectively, subscriber station M3 can wait for, till its range finding message of confirming before the emission control pulse preamble to send in last time frame 1040 in each time slot TS2 of the time slot TS3 front of its designated user communication until base station 304.
Base station 304 can be used for the control impuls preamble various purposes, comprise power control and other purposes, as previously described, in the 3rd time slot TS3 of Figure 10 C, base station 304 can send confirmation signal to subscriber station M3 during base station message interval 1003, this confirmation signal can utilize by subscriber station M3 and send as the determined spreading code of user identifier that the range finding message part sends.As the part of confirmation signal or in addition, base station 304 sends regularly adjusts instruction, and indication subscriber station M3 is with its timing advance or postpone a specified quantity.
In next time frame 1040, in the above described manner with the 3rd subscriber station M3 set up communicate by letter after, can in time slot TS3, carry out communicating by letter between base station 304 and the 3rd subscriber station M3.At each preamble of the second time slot TS2 at interval in 1016, subscriber station M3 emission control pulse preamble, allow base station 304 carry out power control, with the distance of the synchronous or definite subscriber station M3 of subscriber station M3.Base station 304 is transmitted into the transmission of subscriber station M3 subsequently in the first of the 3rd time slot TS3, and subscriber station M3 in the back part of the 3rd time slot TS3 to the base station 304 transmission reply.As the part from each transmission of base station 304, the timing adjustment instruction to subscriber station M3 can be upgraded in base station 304.
If subscriber station 302 stops communication or is handed over to new base station 304 in time slot 1041, then base station 304 can begin to send general polling message during idle recently time slot 1041, and expression: time slot 1041 is not used in communication.Thereby new subscriber station 302 can be set up with same base station 304 and communicate by letter.
Figure 10 D is the timing diagram of another embodiment of the frame structure of some aspect according to the present invention.Figure 10 D represents to utilize the timing described in Figure 10 A to divide composition staggered time division duplex frame structure.Time frame 1050 comprises a plurality of time slots 1051.For simplicity, time slot 1051 is represented with the consecutive order of TS1 ', TS2 ', TS3 ' etc.Each time slot 1051 comprise the base station regularly divide composition 1001 and or user data link regularly divide composition 1011 or user the branch composition 1021 of finding range, as described in greater detail.
Main difference between the frame structure of the frame structure of Figure 10 B-C and Figure 10 D is: the frame structure of Figure 10 D can thought aspect certain to interlock, do not make an immediate response from the base station 304 the predetermined communication of giving it of each subscriber station 302 responds until subsequent timeslot 1051 but postpone it.The effect of the interlaced frame structure of Figure 10 D is: guard time can shorten, and allows each time slot frame 1050 more time slots 1051 and so each base station 304 more subscriber station 302.The interlaced frame structure of Figure 10 D also allows effective use of range finding transaction between base station and the subscriber station, particularly when the communication initial link.Because the frame structure of Figure 10 D interlocks, so the first time slot TS1 ' comprises the transmission of 304 to the first subscriber station M1 from the base station and be not from the first subscriber station M1 but from the stand acknowledgement transmissions of MN of end user.
In the operation of Figure 10 d system, base station 304 regularly divides composition 1001 parts to be transmitted to the subscriber station 302 that the base station has been set up communication with it as the base station of each time slot 1051.Therefore, base station 304 preamble at interval during 1002 the emission preamble and during base station message interval 1003 transmitting base station to user message.In emission/reception conversion interval 1004, base station 304 is converted to receiving mode from emission mode.
In the first time slot TS1 ', it may be the first subscriber station M1 that moves that base station to the user message of launching in base station message interval 1003 sends to.After emission/reception conversion interval 1004, in the last time slot TSN ' of last time frame 1050, launching preamble during the data link preamble interval 1012 and during user message interval 1013, launching the user to base station message from the station MN of end user of transmission message in base station to it.As previously mentioned, the frame structure of Figure 10 D is represented from the 304s, base station, and is utilized other local described timing adjustment instructions from base station 304 of similar this paper to remain on as in the time calibration of being seen by base station 304 from the subscriber station transmission such as subscriber station MN.Correct timing preferably utilizes the range finding transaction to be provided with when communication is initially set up.
From the user of the first subscriber station M1 to the transmission of messages of base station; as being awared by base station 304; may consume nearly all user messages intervals 1013 and protection frequency band 1014; being another emission/reception conversion interval 1015, next is that another emission/reception conversion interval 1015 is to allow the suitable conversion of pattern.After emission/reception conversion interval 1015, during preamble interval 1016, receive the control impuls preamble from the second subscriber station M2.The control impuls preamble that sends during 1016 at interval at preamble can be as such as according to described those functions of Figure 10 B-C embodiment.Therefore, base station 304 responding powers, envelope or control impuls preamble phase place can be determined noise level or the multipath error that the direction of subscriber station M2 or distance and/or communication link and subscriber station M2 may be easy to suffer.Base station 304 can order subscriber station M2 to adjust its power according to the quality and the intensity of the control impuls preamble that receives.
At preamble is antenna adjustment interval 1017 after 1016 at interval, and during 1017, if necessary, base station 304 has an opportunity to adjust its transmit antenna so that the antenna direction second subscriber station M2 during this time.In preamble is antenna adjustment interval 1017 at interval after 1016, and during 1017, if necessary, its transmit antennas are adjusted so that make it to point to the second subscriber station M2 in base station 304 during this time.In the antenna adjustment at interval is another protection frequency band 1018 after 1017, and this consideration control impuls preamble is propagation time of 304 to the base station.Be that another emission/reception conversion interval 1019 has an opportunity to be converted to emission mode and to allow the second subscriber station M2 to have an opportunity to be converted to receiving mode from emission mode from receiving mode to allow base station 304 after the preamble interval.
In the time slot TS2 that time slot TS1 follows later, base station 304 the base station preamble at interval during 1002 the emission preamble and during base station message interval 1003 transmitting base station to user message, the two all sends to the second subscriber station M2, thereby base station 304 responds the control impuls that subscriber station M2 sends apace.The same with the first time slot TS1 ', emission/reception conversion interval 1004 appears after base station message interval 1003, be converted to receiving mode every 1004 base stations durings 304 during this time.The embodiment that is different from Figure 10 B-C, wherein the back part of time slot TS2 ' is used for receiving transmission from the second subscriber station M2, and the back part of time slot TS2 ' is used for receiving transmission from the first subscriber station M1 in Figure 10 D embodiment.When the first subscriber station M1 is in the emission process, therefore the second subscriber station M2 has an opportunity to handle from the base station 304 data of receiving during same time slot TS2 ', and arrive in the middle emission of subsequent timeslot TS3 ' 304 times of base station timing acknowledgement transmissions and do not disturb or from base station 304 or from other transmission of other subscriber stations 302.
Therefore, in the second time slot TS2 ', the base station is receiving the user to base station message from first subscriber station M1 reception preamble and user message interval 1013 during the data link preamble interval 1012.
Supposition in the example time frame 1050 shown in Figure 10 D: set up the link of communicate by letter in the base station portion that is comprising the 3rd time slot TS3 ' and the duplex channel of the User Part of the 4th time slot TS4 ', so specific duplex channel is to can be used for the free time communicating by letter.Owing to during duplex channel, there is not subscriber station 302 to be in the communication of foundation, during the preamble interval 1016 of the second time slot TS2 ', there is not the emission of control impuls preamble.Base station 304 for example can be indicated by the general polling message of emission during such as the base station message interval 1003 of the duplex channel during the base station message interval 1003 of time slot TS3 ': specific duplex channel can be used for communication.
Communicate by letter if new subscriber station M3 wishes to set up with base station 304, then new subscriber station M3 wait is taken action until the open User Part such as the time slot 1051 of in this example the 4th time slot TS4 '.Therefore, in the back part of the 3rd time slot TS3 ', carry out proper communication between the base station 304 and the second subscriber station M2 in the mode of the similar first subscriber station M1.And because another subscriber station M4 is communicating by letter of setting up with base station 304, base station 304 receives the control impuls preamble from next subscriber station M4 during the preamble 1016 of the 3rd time slot TS3 '.In subsequent timeslot TS4 ', base station 304 during base station message interval 1003, send the base station to user message to subscriber station M4.Subscriber station M4 replys to base station message with the user in the one time slot TS5 ' of back.
Simultaneously, during the 4th time slot TS4 ', new subscriber station M3 attempts communicating by letter with base station 304 foundation.Therefore, the base station 304 of response emission general poll message during the base station message interval 1003 of the 3rd time slot TS3 ', new subscriber station M3 sends the general poll response message in the user message interval 1013 of next time slot TS4 '.When new subscriber station M3 replys with the general poll response message, thereby base station 304 can be determined the distance of subscriber station M3 and determine the desired timing adjustment of subscriber station M3 subsequent transmission.
The back part of time slot TS4 ' preferably includes as the front regularly divides composition 1021 according to the described distance of Figure 10 A.Therefore, the base station 304 of response emission general poll message in the base station message interval 1003 of the 3rd time slot TS3 ', new subscriber station M3 sends range finding message in the user of back one time slot TS4 ' finds range message interval 1023.The figure supposition of decomposing time slot TS4 ' in the frame structure of Figure 10 D: subscriber station M3 is on the zero distance of leaving base station 304; Therefore, the user directly appears among Figure 10 D after the emission/reception conversion interval 1004 of composition 1001 is regularly divided in the base station to base station message.Yet,, consume part guard time 1014 in 304 to the base station message propagation to the base station the user if subscriber station M3 is not next-door neighbour base station 304.Therefore, if subscriber station M3 is in the mesh periphery, then the user just appear on the base station 304 after base station message will be gone in the time cycle that equals 1014 duration of guard time at the most.Timing adjustment order from base station 304 can allow than other possible shorter maximum necessary guard times 1014.
When receive when replying from new subscriber station M3 base station 304, thereby base station 304 can be determined the distance of subscriber station M3 and determine the desired timing advance of subscriber station M3 subsequent transmission.
More particularly, when between base station 304 and subscriber station M3, finding range transaction, thus subscriber station M3 the range finding preamble of time slot TS4 ' at interval during 1022 the emission preamble and during the user of time slot TS4 ' finds range message interval 1023 emission range finding message.Subscriber station M3 will launch preamble and range finding message delay time quantum Δ T, this time of delay Δ T can be communicated as the general poll message part by base station 304 maybe can be the system parameters of pre-programmed.Round-trip propagation delay, the consideration time of delay Δ T of base station 304 end (that is, preamble and range finding message may receive the earliest) by measuring the base station message interval 1003 from the 4th time slot TS4 ' till the time of replying preamble and range finding message from subscriber station M3 actual reception determine from subscriber station M3 to the base station 304 propagation delay.
Range finding protection frequency band 1024 best long enoughs among the time slot TS4 ', the range finding transaction takes place between base station 304 and the subscriber station M3 to allow.Therefore, the radius of the mesh 303 that the length of range finding protection frequency band 1024 partly is positioned at by base station 304 is determined, or can partly be determined by the maximum web pore radius of cellular system.
Response receives the distance of range finding message and definite subscriber station 302 and/or to propagation delay time of subscriber station from subscriber station M3, base station 304 can be sent in next time frame 1050 and regularly be adjusted instruction to subscriber station M3, and indication subscriber station M3 is with its timing advance or postpone a specified quantity.For immediately following at the time frame 1050 of setting up the back with communicating by letter of subscriber station M3, regularly adjust instruction and can be set to equal base station 304 determined round trip propagation time during the range finding transaction.Best, select regularly to adjust instruction, 304 user is received by base station 304 after being transmitted in 1004 end of emission reception conversion interval immediately from subscriber station M3 to the base station in the follow-up time frame 1050 so that make, as described in conjunction with Figure 10 A, make base station 303 have an opportunity to be converted to receiving mode, and do not disturb the base station that in base station message interval 1003, sends to user message from emission mode.
Its timing of instruction cycle ground indication subscriber station 302 adjustment can be adjusted by the timing that for example each time frame sends subsequently like that frequently in base station 304, and base station 304 can be by measuring the user comes monitor user ' station 302 to the time of reception of base station message distance.Yet, preferably, because known timing of preamble and message structure, so the distance that base station 304 utilizes the time of reception of control impuls preamble to come monitoring user station 302, and regularly adjust instruction in the base station to user message interim utilization and reply.
Except the purpose that is used to find range, range finding message can comprise also that other information are helped the base station and subscriber station M3 carries out handshaking.For example, range finding message can comprise the user identifier of the subscriber station M3 that seeks to set up communication as data.Range finding message also can be represented base station 304 and the specific user M3 employed preferred spreading code in subsequent communications of standing.
Figure 10 E is illustrated in the follow-up time frame 1050 after the range finding transaction of finishing the 3rd subscriber station M3.In Figure 10 E, appear at the same among transaction between subscriber station M1, MN and the base station 304 among the first time slot TS1 ' and Figure 10 D, appear between subscriber station M1, M2 and the base station 304 among the second time slot TS2 transaction also with Figure 10 D in the same.Yet, during the second time slot TS2 ', be not, but the 3rd subscriber station M3 can be at the preamble of the second time slot TS2 ' emission control pulse preamble in 1016 at interval at preamble not emission control pulse preamble in 1016 at interval.Selectively, subscriber station M3 can wait for, its range finding message of confirming before the emission control pulse preamble during 1016 at interval to send in last time frame 1050 at the preamble of each last time slot TS2 ' until base station 304.
Base station 304 can be used for the control impuls preamble various purposes, comprises power control and other purposes, and is as described earlier.In the 3rd time slot TS3 ' of Figure 10 E, reply to subscriber station M3 by send confirmation signal during base station message interval 1003 base station 304.Confirmation signal can utilize subscriber station M3 to send as the determined spreading code of user identifier of the part transmission of range finding message.As the part of confirmation signal, or in addition, base station 304 preferably sends regularly adjusts instruction, and indication subscriber station M3 is with its timing advance or postpone a specified amount.
In one time frame 1050 of back, (except the middle control impuls preamble reception of the second time slot TS2 ' of each time frame 1050) can carry out communicating by letter between base station 304 and the subscriber station M3 with interlace mode in time slot TS3 ' and TS4 '.At each preamble of the second time slot TS2 ' at interval in 1016, subscriber station M3 emission control pulse preamble allows base station 304 to take some action-for example, carry out power control, with the distance of the synchronous or definite subscriber station M3 of subscriber station M3.Base station 304 sends the communication of directed towards user station M3 subsequently in the first of the 3rd time slot TS3 ', and subscriber station M3 utilizes the communication of pointing to base station 304 to reply in the back part of back one time slot TS4 '.In each communication period from base station 304, the timing adjustment instruction to subscriber station M3 can be upgraded in base station 304.
If subscriber station 302 stops communication or is handed over to new base station 304 in time slot 1051, then this base station 304 can begin to launch general poll message during open recently time slot 1051, expression 1051 free time of time slot can be used for communication, thereby new subscriber station 302 can be communicated by letter with 304 foundation of same base station.
According to Figure 11 A-D among described another embodiment, two frequency bands rather than single frequency band are used for communication in the present invention.
Figure 11 A is the figure that timing with the predetermined format that uses in the FDD/TDMA system divides composition.Three timings shown in Figure 11 A divide composition to can be used for constructing the FDD/TDMA frame structure, the frame structure shown in Figure 11 B-D.Though the system according to Figure 11 A-D structure preferably uses spread spectrum to communicate, spread spectrum is not requirement.Yet spread spectrum is used in following description supposition.For this example, unless otherwise prescribed, sheet speed is 2.8MHz preferably, though according to application choice sheet speed.
Regularly divide composition 1101, user data link regularly to divide composition 1110 and distance regularly to divide composition 1121 in base station shown in Figure 11 A.For these minutes composition 1101,1110 and 1121 each divide composition, explain more comprehensively as following, from the timing of 304s, base station expression zero distance subscriber station 302.
The base station regularly divide composition 1101 comprise the base station preamble at interval 1102, base station message interval 1103,, three other preamble impulse-train pauses 1104,1105 are with 1106 (impulse-train pauses 1109 that are called 123 preambles), base station filler code interval 1107 and emission/reception conversion interval 1108.Preamble interval, base station 1102 can be 56 lengths of a film.Base station message interval 1103 can be 205 bit long or use 1312 of 32 primitive encodings, and is before described in conjunction with Figure 10 A-E as this paper.The base station message interval 1103 of sum 205 bits comprises nearly 41 5 Bit data sequences of sum; Therefore, for 1312 of sums, the transmission in the base station message interval 1103 can comprise the nearly series of 41 spreading codes, and each spreading code is selected from 32 spread spectrum code characters.
Though this optimum decision system of Figure 11 A-E utilizes 32 yuan of spread spectrum coding technology to be described, comprise that other spread spectrums of other M primitive encoding schemes (such as 4 yuan, 16 yuan etc.) also can use, this depends on the particular system requirement.
Three preamble impulse-train pauses 1104,1105 and 1106 even preferably 56 lengths of a film; Therefore, 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109,168 lengths of a film preferably.Emission/reception conversion interval 1108 preferably is chosen as time enough length so that base station 304 is converted to receiving mode from emission mode, and for example can be that 32 or 11.43 microseconds are long.In a preferred embodiment, emission/reception conversion interval 1108 and base station filler code interval 1107 comprises 189 lengths of a film together.
Therefore, preferably 1750 of the total lengths (the sheet speed of supposition 2.8MHz) of composition 1101 are regularly divided in the base station, the length coupling that this and user data link regularly divide composition 1110 and distance regularly to divide composition 1121, as described below, in Figure 11 A-D embodiment, preferably make the base station regularly divide composition 1101 on length, equal the user regularly divide composition 1110 with keep in the described dual-band systems of Figure 11 A-D synchronously, wherein base station 304 communicates on a frequency band, and subscriber station 302 communicates on another frequency band.
User data link regularly divides composition 1110 and distance regularly to divide composition 1121 generally all to offer the transmission of the subscriber station 302 more than 1.As following further explanation, these regularly divide composition 1110,1121 to offer the data-message of first subscriber station 302 or the transmission of range finding message in the first that regularly divides composition 1110,1121, and offer the transmission of the control impuls preamble of second subscriber station 302 in a back part of regularly dividing composition 1110 or 1121.As following further described, the control impuls preamble generally allows base station 304 to carry out some function (for example, power control) relevant with second subscriber station 302.
User data link regularly divide composition 1110 comprise the data link preamble at interval 1112, user message at interval 1113, protection frequency band 1114, emission/receptions conversion interval 1115, second preamble at interval 1116, antenna adjustment interval 1117, second protects the frequency band 1118 and the second emission/reception conversion interval 1119.Each preamble interval 1112,1116 can be 56 lengths of a film.User message at interval 1113 can be 205 bits or 1312 lengths of a film when using 32 yuan of spread spectrum coding technology, and is as discussed previously.The length of protection frequency band 1114,1118 can change, but should be enough to allow the reception of relevant transmission of messages and do not disturb.Emission/ reception conversion interval 1115,1119 all can have be enough to allow to launch and receiving mode between or duration of the correct conversion between reception and the emission mode, depend on the circumstances.Antenna adjustment interval 1117 can have enough duration, if allowing to be used for selecting the specific antenna beam or to allow little adjustment or the base station 304 of 304 directional antenna angles, base station to equip like this, allow the transmission of data symbols of the selection of one or more antennas.
Distance regularly divide composition 1121 comprise the range finding preamble at interval 1122, the user find range message interval 1123, range finding protection frequency band 1124, emission/receptions conversion interval 1125, second preamble at interval 1126, antenna adjustment interval 1127, second protects the frequency band 1128 and the second emission/reception conversion interval 1129.Each preamble 1122,1126 can be 56 lengths of a film at interval, and user's message interval 1123 of finding range can be 150 bit long or 960 lengths of a film that use the previous described 32 yuan of spread spectrum coding technology of this paper.The length of range finding protection frequency band 1124 for example can be according to the radius change of mesh, but the reception of the message that should be enough to allow to find range and noiseless.Another protection frequency band 1128 should be long enough equally, and is noiseless to allow relevant message pick-up.Emission/reception conversion interval 1125,1129 all can have enough duration, depends on the circumstances, to allow between emission and the receiving mode or the correct conversion between reception and the emission mode.Antenna adjustment interval 1127 can have enough length, if, allow the transmission of the data symbols of one or more days line options to allow to be used to select the specific antenna beam or to allow on the base station 302 little adjustment or the base station 302 of directional antenna angle so to equip.
Each user data link regularly divides composition 1110 and distance regularly to divide the total length of composition 1121 can be 1750 or regularly divide the length of composition 1101 identical with the base station, and these specific example values supposition sheet speed are 2.8MHz.
Figure 11 B is to use the described timing of Figure 11 A to divide the timing diagram of the FDD/TDMA frame structure of fixing of composition or zero frequency offset.The frame structure of Figure 11 B-E is represented from the 304s, base station.
Figure 11 B is the frame structure that also uses the system that two frequency bands are used to communicate by letter except some aspect of time division multiple access.First frequency band 1170 that is also referred to as the base station frequency band is mainly used in 304 communications to subscriber station 302 from the base station.Second frequency band 1171 that is also referred to as the subscriber station frequency band is mainly used in from subscriber station 302 communication of 304 to the base station.These two frequency bands 1170,1171 80MHz of preferably being separated by.This 80MHz frequency separates and helps to make the co-channel interference minimum and allow to be used in the receiver the easier structure of filtering from the filter of the potential interference signal of reverse path communication.
In the frame structure of Figure 11 B, time frame 1140 comprises a plurality of time slots 1141.For simplicity, time slot is with TS1 ", TS2 ", TS3 " or the like consecutive order represent.The base station that each time slot 1141 is included in base station frequency band 1170 regularly divide composition 1101 and subscriber station frequency band 1171 or user data link regularly divide composition 1110 or distance regularly to divide composition 1121.Time slot 1141 is from the expression of 304s, base station, so that the base station regularly divides composition 1101 and user regularly to divide composition 1110,1121 to show side by side in Figure 11 B.Though the frame structure of Figure 11 B supports the distance of subscriber station frequency band 1171 regularly to divide composition 1121, the subscriber station 302 of expectation from Figure 11 B to the base station 304 communication general using user data link regularly divide composition 1110 to carry out.
In operation, base station 304 regularly divides a part of sequential transmission of composition 1101 to set up the subscriber station 302 of communication with it for base station 304 as the base station of each time slot 1141.More particularly, base station 304 preamble at interval during 1102 the emission preamble and during base station message interval 1103 transmitting base station to user message.After base station message interval 1103, the preamble pulse train of three weak points is launched in base station 304 in sending to the 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109 at different user station 302.In the example system of Figure 11 B, three preamble pulse trains in 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109 send to base station 304, and this base station 304 will be launched key data message and be given its subscriber station 302 after two time slots 1141.
Three short preamble pulse trains that send in 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109 can be used for forward link diversity detection and forward link power control purpose.Each pulse train of these three preamble pulse trains is being launched on the different antennae so that make reception subscriber station 302 have an opportunity in subsequent timeslot 1141 the forward link data message of up input to be carried out the diversity selection.
It after 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109 filler code interval, base station 1107, filler codes are launched in base station 304 during this period, at the base station filler code is emission/reception conversion interval 1104 after 1107 at interval, can be converted to receiving mode from emission mode every 1104 base stations durings 304 during this time.But, if base station 304 have separately emission with receive hardware, then the base station needn't translative mode, and can continue to launch filler code during emission/reception conversion interval 1104.
Specific communications shown in key-drawing 11B example exchange in more detail now.The first time slot TS1 at base station frequency band 1170 " in, the base station in pointing to the base station message interval 1103 of the first subscriber station M1 transmitting base station to user message.Base station 304 is emission 123 preamble pulse trains during the 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109 that point to another subscriber station M3 subsequently.In base station transmits, among the data link preamble station MN of end user that 1112 base stations durings 304 are communicated by letter just with it from base station 304 on subscriber station frequency band 1171 at interval, receive preamble and during user message interval 1113, receive the user to base station message.Be transmitted to this subscriber station M2 among the first time slot TS1 at subscriber station frequency band 1171 " control impuls preamble at interval during 1116, base station 304 receives the control impuls preamble from subscriber station M2, and base station 304 will be at a back time slot TS2 ".
The function class of the control impuls preamble that sends during control impuls preamble interval 1116 is similar to the control impuls preamble described function (for example, power control, antenna adjustment etc.) of front according to Figure 10 A-E.At preamble at interval is antenna adjustment interval 1117 after 1116, during this time every during, where necessary, its transmit antenna is had an opportunity to adjust in base station 304, so as according to the desired information of the reception of control impuls preamble with the antenna direction second subscriber station M2.The antenna adjustment at interval 1117 back are another protection frequency bands 1118, this be considered the control impuls preamble to the base station propagation time of 304.After the preamble interval is another emission/reception conversion interval 1119, so that allow base station 304 to have an opportunity to be converted to emission mode (words if necessary) from receiving mode, and allows the second subscriber station M2 to have an opportunity to be converted to receiving mode from emission mode.
In the first time slot TS1 " a back time slot TS2 afterwards ", base station 304 utilizes base station frequency band 1170 to launch preamble during base station preamble interval 1102 and transmitting base station is to user message during base station message interval 1103, and these two message all send to the second subscriber station M2.Thereby the control impuls preamble that base station 304 rapid answer subscriber station M2 are sent.Yet supposition in the example time frame 1140 of Figure 11 B: base station 304 is at the 4th time slot TS4 of base station frequency band 1170 " during set up and communicate by letter with arbitrary subscriber station 302.Therefore, in 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109 of base station message interval 1103 back, the 123 preamble pulse trains at directed towards user station 302 are not launched in base station 304.
At the second time slot TS2 " in base station transmits in, base station 304 on subscriber station frequency band 1171 from base station 304 at the first time slot TS1 " be received among the subscriber station M1 of communication with it the data link preamble at interval the preamble during 1112 and user message at interval the user during 1113 to base station message.Be similar to the first time slot TS1 control impuls preamble of "; at the second time slot TS2 of subscriber station frequency band 1171 " is at interval during 1116, base station 304 receives the control impuls preamble from subscriber station M3, and base station 304 will the back one time slot TS3 " in be transmitted to this subscriber station M3.
At the 3rd time slot TS3 " in, base station 304 utilizes base station frequency band 1170 to launch preamble during base station preamble interval 1102 and transmitting base station is to user message during base station message interval 1103, and the two all sends to the 3rd subscriber station M3.After base station message interval 1,103 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109, during this time every the emission of 1109 base stations durings 304 point to different user station M5 three weak points the preamble pulse train (promptly, 123 preamble pulse trains), base station 304 plans in latter two time slot 1141 therewith that subscriber station M5 communicates.
In base station transmits, base station 304 on subscriber station frequency band 1171 from base station 304 at last time slot TS2 " be received in the at interval preamble during 1112 and receive the user to base station message during 1113 at interval of data link preamble with it among the subscriber station M2 of communication at user message.Do not receive the control impuls preamble because base station 304 is at the 4th time slot TS4 of base station frequency band 1170 during the control impuls preamble interval 1116 of " during set up communicate by letter, so base station 304 is at the 3rd time slot TS3 of subscriber station frequency band 1171 " with arbitrary subscriber station 302.
At the 4th time slot TS4 " in and also similarly exchanging in one time slot 1141 in the back.To be the specific user of emission depend on to base station message, base station to user message and preamble or emission control pulse preamble whether base station 304 is in the subscriber station 302 that requires to exchange like this at special time communicates by letter.
Therefore, usually, in order to be supported in communicating by letter between the subscriber station 302 that communicates during the single time slot 1141 and the base station 304, the specific user stand 302 and base station 304 between in each time frame 1,140 4 message of exchange.Base station 304 at first sends 123 preambles in the 123 preambles interval 1109 of time slot 1141, base station 304 plans are transmitted to subscriber station 302 in two time slots 1141 before the crack at this moment.In one time slot 1141 of back, on different frequency bands 1171, subscriber station 302 is replied by sending the control impuls preamble, and this control impuls preamble 304 receives in the base station during 1116 at interval at the control impuls preamble.In one time slot 1141 of back, after the decision of making relevant power adjustment and/or regularly adjusting, base station 304 on the base station frequency band 1170 during base station message interval 1103 transmitting base station to user message give subscriber station 302.In one time slot 1141 of back, adjust its power and/or regularly after, subscriber station 304 utilizes the user to reply to base station message, this user receives on base station 304 during 1113 at user message at interval to base station message.
As mentioned, supposition in the exemplary time frame 1140 of Figure 11 B: base station 304 is at the 4th time slot TS4 of base station frequency band 1170 " during set up and communicate by letter with arbitrary subscriber station 302.Base station 304 for example by time slot TS4 " base station message interval 1103 during emission general poll message can represent: such as time slot TS4 " particular time-slot 1141 can be used for communication.
If (such as at the 4th time slot TS4 " in) wished to set up with base station 304 and communicate by letter to subscriber station 302; respond so at the 4th time slot TS4 " base station message interval 1103 during the base station 304 of emission general poll message, new subscriber station 302 can be at back one time slot TS5 " the general poll response message of transmission during the user message interval 1113 of (not shown).When new subscriber station 302 utilizes general poll response message to reply, thereby base station 304 can be determined the distance of subscriber station 302 and determine the desired timing adjustment of subscriber station 302 subsequent transmission.The user was to the reception of base station transmits when the base station 304 timing adjustment instruction that can send the cycle after this began to maintain each user's fixed time interval.Base station 304 can receive control impuls preambles or the user distance to the time monitoring user station 302 of base station message by checking from subscriber station 302.
Because efficiency reasons, guard time 1114 and 1118 preferably remains minimum.Guard time 1114,1118 is more little, and the subscriber station 302 that the frame structure of Figure 11 B can be supported is many more.Typically, thus guard time 1114,1118 will not have the duration that is enough to allow whole range finding transaction to take place.Particularly, the range finding transaction may cause seeking setting up communication subscriber station 302 transmission with in time slot 1141 following closely, be in interference between the control impuls preamble of the subscriber station 302 in communicating by letter with base station 304.Allow the range finding transaction if guard time extends to, then can support subscriber station 302 still less, especially in big mesh environment.Selectable structural table with the efficient improved in the big mesh environment and the flexibility of range finding transaction is shown among Figure 11 C and the 11D and also makes an explanation in more detail below.
Correct be provided with when regularly being preferably in communication and initially setting up, with from such as the transmission of the subscriber station of the first subscriber station M1 as by on base station 304, being seen from the timing adjustment instruction of base station 304, can keep in time calibration, timing is wherein adjusted instruction class and is similar to other local described timing adjustment instructions of this paper.Owing to subscriber station 302 and base station 304 emission on the different frequency bands prevent the base station to user message and user to the interference between the message of base station, so whole round guard time needn't be included in each time slot 1141.
The supposition of the diagram of the frame structure among Figure 11 A-B: subscriber station 302 is on the zero distance of leaving base station 304, and therefore the user is right after in preamble appearance after 1112 or 1122 at interval to base station message.Yet, if subscriber station 302 is not next-door neighbour base station 304, preamble with will consume a part of guard time 1114 Figure 11 A shown in to base station message to the base station in 304 the propagation with corpse.Therefore, if subscriber station 302 around mesh, then time cycle of the duration that equals guard time 1114 at the most in the past after the user to the just appearance on base station 304 of base station message.For guaranteeing to make guard time 1114 and 1118 remain minimum; preferably 304 regularly adjustment instructions of emission periodically from the base station; so that make user's preamble and user to the as close as possible user of base station message regularly divide composition 1110 begin arrive base station 304, and do not disturb the transmission of previous subscriber station 302.
If in Figure 11 B environment, support the range finding transaction, then can comprise that in this part of the time slot 1141 of subscriber station frequency band 1171 distance regularly divides composition 1121, as before described, carry out the range finding transaction between base station 304 and the new subscriber station 302 during this period in conjunction with Figure 11 A.Therefore, subscriber station 302 the range finding preamble of time slot 1141 at interval during 1122 the emission preamble and during the user of time slot 1141 finds range message interval 1123 emission range finding message.Subscriber station 302 will be launched preamble and a range finding time of message delay Δ T quantity.Time of delay Δ T can be communicated as the part of general poll message by base station 304 maybe can be the system parameters of pre-programmed.Base station 304 by measure a time slot 1141 in the past finish to reply from subscriber station 302 actual reception round-trip propagation delay till preamble and the range finding message consider simultaneously time of delay Δ T be scheduled to from subscriber station 302 to the base station 304 propagation delay.
In the embodiment of above-mentioned support range finding transaction, range finding protection frequency band 1124 preferably has enough length, takes place to allow the range finding transaction between subscriber station 302 and the base station 304.Therefore, the radius of the mesh 303 that the length of range finding protection frequency band 1124 partly is positioned at by base station 304 is determined, or can partly be determined by the maximum web pore radius of cellular system.
Response receives the distance of range finding message and definite subscriber station 302 and/or to propagation delay time of subscriber station 302 from subscriber station 302, base station 304 sends in next time frame 1140 subscriber station 302 and regularly adjust instruction, and indication subscriber station 302 is with its timing advance or postpone a specified amount.For immediately following time frame 1140, regularly adjust instruction and can be set to equal by base station 304 determined round trip propagation time in the range finding transaction in the back of communicating by letter with subscriber station 302 foundation.Preferably, select regularly to adjust instruction, 304 user is received by base station 304 after being transmitted in last time slot 1141 end immediately from subscriber station 302 to the base station in follow-up time frame 1140 so that make.
Except the purpose that is used to find range, range finding message also can comprise other information with the handshaking of assistant base station 304 with subscriber station 302.For example, range finding message can comprise the user identifier of the subscriber station 302 of seeking to set up communication as data.Range finding message also can indicate base station 304 and specific user stand 302 in subsequent communications employed preferred spreading code.
Message or only be used for the control impuls preamble and make potential interference minimum between range finding message and the control impuls preamble may only be used to by the spreading code with concrete appointment to find range.Yet so the code division multiplex in the mode can not provide gratifying isolation between the interference signal, maybe may require unacceptable long time slot.
In later time frame 1140, in the above described manner with subscriber station M3 set up communicate by letter after, can carry out communicating by letter between base station 304 and the subscriber station M3 on several time slots 1140 with interlace mode.As the part from each transmission of base station 304, the timing adjustment instruction to subscriber station M3 can be upgraded in base station 304.
If subscriber station 302 stops communication or is handed over to new base station 304 in time slot 1141, then base station 304 can begin to launch general polling message during open recently time slot 1141, and expression 1141 free time of time slot can be used for communication.Thereby new subscriber station 302 can be set up with same base station 304 and communicate by letter.
The straightforward procedure that will the FDD/TDMA system shown in Figure 11 B be used to imitate the TDD system is the time slot of alternately closing each frequency band of two frequency bands 1170 and 1171.Therefore, at time slot TS1 " during, base station 304 is transmitted to subscriber station M1 on frequency band 1170, do not transmit on frequency band 1171 simultaneously.At next time slot TS2 " during, subscriber station M1 replys on frequency band 1171, does not transmit on frequency band 1170 simultaneously.Following two time slot TS3 " and TS4 " are used for the duplex communication between base station 304 and next the subscriber station M2, and the base station time slot among the TS3 " in user's time slot and TS4 " does not utilize.The subscriber station 302 that does not have utilization to cause the general support of described frame structure to be lacked owing to the alternately time slot on each frequency band 1170 and 1171 than frame structure shown in Figure 11 B, but allow the TDD interface shown in Figure 10 B to utilize the minimal modifications (for example, by emission on different frequency bands and reception) of base station and subscriber station to simulate.If it is identical that two frequency bands 1170 and 1171 are chosen as, then system will be true TDD, thereby the suitable selection (that is, by selecting in an alternating manner) of the suitable selection of frequency band and time slot can be carried out TDD/TDMA or TDD operates on the front that allows same hardware to utilize simply will to launch during it and the reverse link.
Figure 11 C utilizes the timing shown in Figure 11 A to divide the timing diagram of the offset staggered FDD/TDMA frame structure of composition, as represented from the 304s, base station.As described further below, the offset staggered FDD/TDMA frame structure of Figure 11 C permits big mesh to receive predetermined base station transmits to subscriber station 302 before must replying by the time that allows subscriber station 302, and can not need duplexer expensive in the subscriber station 302.
Figure 11 C is the frame structure that also uses the system that two frequency bands are used to communicate by letter except some aspect of time division multiple access.First frequency band 1172 that is also referred to as the base station frequency band is mainly used in 304 communications to subscriber station 302 from the base station.The second frequency 1173 that is also referred to as the subscriber station frequency band is mainly used in from subscriber station 302 communication of 304 to the base station.These two frequency bands 1172,1173 preferably separate 80MHz.This 80MHz frequency separation helps to make co-channel interference minimum and allow to be used for the easier formation of receiver median filter from the potential interference signal of reverse path communication filtering.
In the frame structure of Figure 11 C, time frame 1150 comprises a plurality of time slots 1151.For simplicity, time slot is specified with the consecutive order of OTS1, OTS2, OTS3 or the like.Each time slot 1151 comprises that composition 1101 and subscriber station frequency band 1171 are regularly divided in the base station of base station frequency band 1170 or user data link regularly divides composition 1110 or distance regularly to divide composition 1121.Time slot 1151 is from 304s, base station expressions, thus the base station regularly divide composition 1101 and user regularly divide composition 1110,1121 in Figure 11 C with 1160 staggered demonstrations of predetermined migration times.Frame structure among Figure 11 C supports the distance of subscriber station frequency band 1171 regularly to divide composition 1121 and user data link regularly to divide composition 1110.
In operation, base station 304 continuous emissions regularly divide the part of composition 1101 to set up the subscriber station 302 of communication with it for base station 304 as the base station of each time slot 1151.Therefore, base station 304 preamble at interval during 1102 the emission preamble and during base station message interval 1103 transmitting base station to user message.After base station message interval 1103, the preamble pulse train of base station 304 three weak points of emission in the 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109 that point to different user station 302.In the example system of Figure 11 C, three preamble pulse train directed towards user stations 302 in the 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109, base station 304 sends key data message to this subscriber station 302 after two time slots 1151.
For the system of Figure 11 B, the preamble pulse train of three weak points that send in 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109 can be used for forward link diversity detection and forward link power control purpose.Each pulse train of these three preamble pulse trains can have an opportunity the front link data message of up input in subsequent timeslot 1151 is carried out the diversity selection to allow receiving subscriber station 302 in emission on the different antennae.
After 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109 filler code interval, base station 1107, during this time every 1107 base stations durings, 304 emission filler codes.At the base station filler code is emission/reception conversion interval 1104 after 1107 at interval, can be converted to receiving mode from emission mode every 1104 base stations durings 304 during this time.Yet preferably, base station 304 has emission separately and receives hardware, and does not therefore need translative mode.On the contrary, filler code can be continued to launch in base station 304 during emission/reception conversion interval 1104.
To be explained in more detail the specific communications exchange shown in the example of Figure 11 C now.In the first time slot OTS1, on base station frequency band 1172, the base station in pointing to the base station message interval 1103 of the first subscriber station M1 transmitting base station to user message.Base station 304 is emission 123 preamble pulse trains during the 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109 that point to another subscriber station M3 subsequently.In base station transmits, but be offset a shift time 1160 with it, base station 304 is receiving preamble and receiving the user to base station message during user message interval 1113 from the station MN of end user that communicates by letter just with it in base station 304 on subscriber station frequency band 1173 during the data link preamble interval 1112.During the control impuls preamble interval 1116 of the first time slot OTS1 on the subscriber station frequency band 1173, base station 304 receives the control impuls preamble from subscriber station M2, and base station 304 will be transmitted to this subscriber station M2 in the time slot OTS2 of back.
The function class of the control impuls preamble that sends during control impuls preamble interval 1116 is similar to the front according to described those functions of the control impuls preamble of Figure 10 A-E and 11B (for example, power control, antenna adjustment etc.).At preamble is antenna adjustment interval 1117 after 1116 at interval, and during 1117, when needed, its transmit antenna is had an opportunity to adjust in base station 304 during this time, so that receive desired information with the antenna direction second subscriber station M2 according to the control impuls preamble.In the antenna adjustment is another protection frequency band at interval after 1117, is transmitted to base station 304 to allow the control impuls preamble.After the preamble interval is another emission/reception conversion interval 1119, so that allow base station 304 to have an opportunity to be converted to emission mode (words if necessary) from receiving mode, and allows the second subscriber station M2 to have an opportunity to be converted to receiving mode from emission mode.
Among the subsequent timeslot OTS2 after the first time slot OTS1, base station 304 utilizes base station frequency band 1172 to launch preamble during base station preamble interval 1102 and transmitting base station is to user message during base station message interval 1103, and the two all points to the second subscriber station M2.Thereby base station 304 is replied the control impuls preamble that subscriber station M2 sends apace.Yet supposition in the exemplary time frame 1150 of Figure 11 C: base station 304 is not set up with arbitrary subscriber station 302 during the 4th time slot OTS4 of base station frequency band 1172 and is communicated by letter.Therefore, in the 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109 after the base station message interval 1103 of the second time slot OTS2, the 123 preamble pulse trains at directed towards user station 302 are not launched in base station 304.
In the base station transmits in the second time slot OTS2, but be offset a shift time 1160 with it, base station 304 is receiving preamble and receiving the user to base station message during user message interval 1113 among the subscriber station M1 of communication with it among the first time slot OTS1 from base station 304 on subscriber station frequency band 1173 during the data link preamble interval 1112.As for the first time slot OTS1, at interval during 1116, base station 304 receives the control impuls preamble from subscriber station M3 at the control impuls preamble of the second time slot OTS2 of subscriber station frequency band 1173, and base station 304 will afterwards be transmitted to subscriber station M3 among the time slot OTS3.
In the 3rd time slot OTS3, base station 304 utilizes base station frequency band 1172 at emission preamble and transmitting base station is to user message during base station message interval 1103 during the base station preamble 1102, and the two all points to the 3rd subscriber station M3.After base station message interval 1,103 123 preamble impulse-train pauses 1109, during this time during 1109, the preamble pulse train (that is 123 preamble pulse trains) of three weak points of the different user station M5 that will communicate by letter with it base station 304 is pointed in base station 304 emissions after two time slots 1151.
In base station transmits but be offset a shift time 1160 with it, base station 304 receives preamble at interval during 1112 and receives the user to base station message during 1113 at interval at user message at the data link preamble among the subscriber station M2 of communication with it among last time slot OTS2 from base station 304 on subscriber station frequency band 1173.Because base station 304 is set up with arbitrary subscriber station 302 during the 4th time slot OTS4 of base station frequency band 1172 and is communicated by letter, so base station 304 does not receive the control impuls preamble during the control impuls preamble interval 1116 of the 3rd time slot OTS3 of subscriber station frequency band 1173.
In the 4th time slot OTS4 and also in subsequent timeslot 1151, similarly exchange, during whether be the emission specific user to base station message, base station to user message and preamble or control impuls preamble depend on base station 304 and require such subscriber station 302 that exchanges to be on special time to communicate by letter.
Therefore, usually, for communicating by letter between the subscriber station 302 that is supported in communication during the single time slot 1151 and the base station 304, the specific user stand 302 and base station 304 between each time frame 1150 in exchange 4 message.Base station 304 at first 123 preambles of the time slot 1151 before two time slots 1151 of subscriber station 302 are planned to be transmitted in base station 304 sends 123 preambles in 1109 at interval.In one time slot 1151 of back, on different frequency bands 1173 and postpone a shift time 1160, subscriber station 302 is replied by sending the control impuls preamble, and this control impuls preamble receives on base station 304 during 1116 at interval at the control impuls preamble.In one time slot 1151 of back, in definite relevant power adjustment and/or regularly after the modulation, base station 304 on the frequency band of base station during base station message interval 1103 the transmission base station to user message to subscriber station 304.In one time slot 1151 of back, after adjusting its power and/or timing, subscriber station 304 utilizes the user to the base station acknowledgement messaging, and this user is to 304 receptions in the base station during user message interval 1113 of base station message.
Supposition in the exemplary time frame 1150 of Figure 11 C: base station 304 is not set up with arbitrary subscriber station 302 during the 4th time slot OTS4 of base station frequency band 1172 and is communicated by letter.Base station 304 can by for example during the base station of time slot OTS4 message interval 1103 emission general poll message represent, can be used for communication such as the particular time-slot 1151 of OTS4.
If subscriber station 302 wishes to communicate by letter (such as at the 4th time slot OTS4) with base station 304 foundation, respond the base station 304 of emission general poll message during the base station message interval 1103 of the 4th time slot OTS4 so, new subscriber station 302 can send general poll response message during the user message interval 1113 of back one time slot OTS5.When new subscriber station 302 is replied with the general poll response message, thereby base station 304 can be determined the distance of subscriber station 302 and determine the desired timing adjustment of subscriber station 302 subsequent transmission.
Because efficiency reasons, guard time 1114 and 1118 preferably remains minimum.Guard time 1114,1118 is more little, and the subscriber station 302 that the frame structure of Figure 11 C can be supported is many more.
Correct timing is preferably in communication to be provided with when initially setting up, and can utilize the timing adjustment instruction from base station 304 that is similar to other local described timing adjustment instructions of this paper to remain in the time calibration shown in the base station 304 from the transmission such as the subscriber station of the first subscriber station M1.Because subscriber station 302 launches on different frequency bands with base station 304, whole round guard time needn't be included in each time slot 1151, prevent the base station to user message and user to the interference between the message of base station.
The frame structure diagram of Figure 11 C (promptly; the time slot 1151 that decomposes) supposition: subscriber station 302 is on the zero distance of leaving base station 304; yet; if subscriber station 302 is not next-door neighbour base station 304, then will consume a part of guard time 1114 (shown in Figure 11 A) to the base station message propagation to the base station in 304 preamble and user.Therefore, if subscriber station 302 in the mesh periphery, then the user to base station message will the time cycle that equals 1114 duration of guard time at the most in the past after just appearance on base station 304.In order to guarantee that guard time 1114 and 1118 remains minimum; regularly adjust preferably 304 emissions periodically of instruction from the base station; so that make user's preamble and user to the as close as possible user of base station message regularly divide composition 1110 begin arrive base station 304, and do not disturb the transmission of previous subscriber station 302.
When subscriber station 302 is at first set up when communicating by letter with base station 304 in Figure 11 C frame structure, the transaction of finding range, during the time slot 1151 of the subscriber station frequency band 1173 of the transaction that begins to find range, preferably include distance and regularly divide composition 1121, as before according to shown in Figure 11 A.With corpse station 302 the range finding preamble of time slot 1151 at interval during 1122 the emission preamble and during the user of time slot 1151 finds range message interval 1123 emission range finding message.Subscriber station 302 will postpone a time Δ T amount and just launch preamble and range finding message.Time of delay, Δ T can maybe can be the system parameters of pre-programmed as the part communication of general poll message by base station 304.The end of base station 304 by measuring a time slot 1151 in the past to from subscriber station 302 actual receive the round-trip propagation delay till the time of replying preamble and finding range message consider simultaneously time of delay Δ T determine from subscriber station 302 to the base station 304 propagation delay.
Range finding protection frequency band 1124 should have sufficient length and handle generation to allow the range finding between base station 304 and the subscriber station 302.Therefore, the length of range finding protection frequency band 1124 is partly determined by mesh 303 radiuses that base station 304 is positioned at wherein, or can partly be determined by the maximum web pore radius of cellular system.
Response receives the distance of range finding message and definite subscriber station 302 and/or to the propagation delay of subscriber station 302 from subscriber station 302, base station 304 can be sent in next time frame 1150 and regularly be adjusted instruction and give subscriber station 302, and indication subscriber station 302 is with its timing advance or the quantity of postponing an appointment.For immediately following setting up time frame 1150 after communicate by letter, regularly adjust to instruct and to be set to equal base station 304 determined round trip propagation time during the transaction of finding range with subscriber station 302.Preferably, select regularly to adjust instruction, 304 user transmission is received after the end of last time slot 1151 immediately by base station 304 from subscriber station 302 to the base station in follow-up time frame 1150 so that make.
Except the purpose that is used to find range, range finding message also can comprise other information and carry out handshaking with assistant base station 304 and subscriber station 302.For example, range finding message can comprise the user identifier of the subscriber station 302 of seeking to set up communication as data.Range finding message also can represent base station 304 and specific user stand 302 in subsequent communications employed preferred spreading code.
Message or only be used for the control impuls preamble and make potential interference minimum between range finding message and the control impuls preamble also may only be used to by the spreading code with specific indication to find range.Yet the use that is desirably in the offset time 1160 between the time slot 1151 on the base station frequency band 1172 and user's frequency band 1173 in the most applications should be enough to separate relevant transmission in time so that system has minimum interference between subscriber station 302.
Use the advantage of Figure 11 C-11D frame structure of offset time 1160 to be: the general device that does not need to allow signal to transmit simultaneously and receive is a duplexer in subscriber station 302.On the other hand, utilize the fixed bias frame structure of Figure 11 B, because launched in time slot 1141 to user message the predetermined whole base station to it that subscriber station 302 may send in receiving last time slot 1141, so may need duplexer to support the high density user, particularly in big mesh environment.Because Figure 11 B constructs from the 304s, base station, so time slot 1141 is the appearance that are arranged in rows for base station 304, but require user's frame 302 to send its information in the User Part front of time slot 1141, shown in Figure 11 B, be arranged in rows like that so that this information arrives base station 304.In big mesh environment, subscriber station 302 may require subscriber station 302 to send its information in the whole base station of reception to user message, in order to do so a long way off, subscriber station 302 can require to launch simultaneously and receive the ability of information, and therefore can require a duplexer.Requiring subscriber station 302 to receive in the protocol of messages of base station before replying, thereby Figure 11 B system may be not suitable in the very big mesh environment.
In Figure 11 C-D embodiment, the time slot 1151 of user's frequency band 1173 and shift time 1160 of slot offset of base station frequency band 1172.Shift time 1160 allows base station to user message to be transmitted to subscriber station 302 the user of subscriber station 302 to the transmission of messages of base station.Therefore, not need may be the duplexer of relatively costly device to subscriber station 302.When subscriber station 302 is cell phone, there is not the operation of duplexer useful especially, because make the manufacturing cost of mobile phone low as much as possible normally important.Other hardware efficiencies can not reach by requiring transmission simultaneously and reception yet; For example, subscriber station 302 can use same frequency synthesizer to be used for emission and receiving function.
Figure 11 D represents to finish the range finding transaction follow-up time frame 1150 afterwards of the 3rd subscriber station M3.In Figure 11 D, the subscriber station M1, the MN that appear among the first time slot OTS1 are the same with Figure 11 C with transaction between the base station 304.The subscriber station M1, the M2 that appear among the second time slot OTS2 are also the same with Figure 11 C with transaction between the base station 304.Yet, during the second time slot OTS2, be not, but the 3rd subscriber station M3 can be at the preamble of second time slot OTS2 emission control pulse preamble during 1116 at interval at preamble not emission control pulse preamble in 1116 at interval.Selectively, subscriber station M3 can wait for, its range finding message of confirming before the emission control pulse preamble during 1116 at interval to send in last time frame 1150 at the preamble of each last time slot OTS2 until base station 304.
In the back in the time frame 1150, in the above described manner with the 3rd subscriber station M3 set up communicate by letter after, shown in Figure 11 D, between base station 304 and subscriber station M3, can communicate.As the part from each transmission of base station 304, the timing adjustment instruction to subscriber station M3 can be upgraded in base station 304.
If subscriber station 302 stops communication or is handed over to new base station 304 at time slot 1151, then base station 304 can begin to launch general polling message during open recently time slot 1151, and expression time slot 1151 is to can be used for communication the free time.Thereby new subscriber station 302 can be set up with same base station 304 and communicate by letter.
Figure 12 A-C is the table of the preferred message form of expression base station and subscriber station transmission.Table 12B-1 to 12B-3 represents the message transfer form that uses in handshaking or the acquisition mode.Message format when table 12C-1 to 12C-4 is illustrated in business model after catching (symmetry is with asymmetric).Should note: asymmetric message format is intended for in the system change based on TDD, rather than based on the system of FDD.The header format of each type of different messages type among table 12A-1 to the 12A-4 presentation graphs 12B-1 to 12C-4.
For example, table 12A-1 represents the header format of base station polled transmission as discussed previously (general or specific).The header format of table 12A-1 comprises 21 bits.The specific title form comprises 10 fields of total 19 bits, remaining 2 Spare bits.These fields comprise: the identification transmission sources is the B/H field of 1 bit of base station or subscriber station; The E field that can be used as 1 bit of B/H field extension; The expression polling message is generally or the G/S field of 1 specific bit; The expression transmission is the P/N field of 1 bit in poll or service message; Be used to discern the sa field of 1 bit of verification and checking; The PWR field that is used for 3 bits of power control; The CU field of 2 bits that the expression time slot uses; How the expression transmitting element receives the reverse link circuit quality field of 2 bits of inverse detection link well; Provide instruction to instruct so that adjust the timing adjustment of its 3 bits regularly when needed to subscriber station; Title FCW (frame check word) field with 4 bits that are used for error detection (similar CRC).
The header format of BTS service transmission is illustrated among the 12A-2, and this header format is identical with table 12A-1's, except being used for using the additional B/W permission field of 2 bits that distribute additional bandwidth to give subscriber station 302 in time slot set or asymmetric time slot.The header format of table 12A-2 is used 21 bits.
The header format that is used for mobile or user's polled transmission is illustrated in 12A-3.This header format is similar to table 12A-1, except it does not comprise CU field or time-of-the-day order field.The header format of table 12A-3 also comprises the B/W request field of 1 bit, is used to ask additional bandwidth or time slot.Table 12A-3 header format comprises 6 Spare bits.
The header format that is used for mobile or delivery of user traffic is illustrated in 12A-4.The header format of table 12A-4 is identical with table 12A-3's, replaces the B/W permission field except specifying the B/W request field.
Therefore, selecting to be used for subscriber station 302 is according to the identical length of exemplary embodiment shown in Figure 12 A-C with the header format of base station 304, no matter be in poll or business model, and is general or specific regardless of polling message.
Table 12B-1 to 12B-3 is illustrated in the message format of employed transmission in handshaking or the acquisition mode.Table 12B-1 represents the message format of 205 bits of base station general poll transmission.The message format of table 12B-1 comprises: the header field that comprises 21 bits of the field shown in the table 12A-1; Be used to discern the base station IDs field of 32 bits of the base station 304 of emission general poll message; Diverse network and system identification field are such as the service supplier field of 16 bits that can be used for representing telephone network for example or other communication sources, can be used for discerning for example area field of paging group's 16 bits and the facility field of 32 bits; The 6 bit time slots digital sections of representing the number of timeslots of relevant general poll transmission are to help subscriber station 302 synchronous; With 16 bit frame FCW fields, be used for the checking of error correction and transmission integrity.
Move or the message format of 150 bits of subscriber station response message is illustrated among the 12B-3.The message format of table 12B-3 comprises: the header field that comprises 21 bits of the field shown in the table 12A-3; Be used to discern the PID field of 40 bits of the subscriber station 302 of response general poll message; The service supplier field of 16 bits; The service request field from 16 bits of which business of the various available services of base station 304 is just being sought in expression; The frame FCW field of the locomotivity field of 8 bits and 16 bits.The locomotivity field comprises two molecule sections, promptly represent subscriber station ability (for example, duplexer, business time-slot staggered) 2 bits type or ability branch field and be used for the home base station timeslot number field of 6 bits of the timeslot number that reflection (echong) receives from the timeslot number field of base station general poll transmission.The subscriber station poll acknowledgement transmissions of 150 bits is shorter than the transmission of base station polled transmission or service message basically, so that regulate the range finding transaction and allow uncertain initial propagation delay time from the subscriber station 302 of seeking to set up communication.
The message format of 205 bits of base station specific polling transmission is illustrated among the 12B-2.The message format of table 12B-2 comprises: the header field that comprises 21 bits of the field shown in the table 12A-1; The correlation ID field of representing 8 bits of relative time slot position; The result field of 8 bits; Be used to reflect the PID field of 40 bits of the identifier that receives from subscriber station 302; Be used to represent for example map type field of 8 bits of the timeslot number of certain base station 304; Represent which time slot map field of 32 bits of (time slot that subscriber station 302 can be assessed) in use in estimating the time slot set; The frame FCW field of the timeslot number field of 6 bits and 16 bits.
Message format when table 12C-1 to 12C-4 is illustrated in business model after catching (symmetry and asymmetric).Table 12A-1 and 12A-2 are BTS service mode message forms; The message format of table 12A-1 is used for the symmetrical frame structure, and the form of table 12A-2 is used for asymmetric frame structure.Similarly, table 12A-3 and 12A-4 move or subscriber station business model message format; The message format of table 12A-3 is used for the symmetrical frame structure, and the form of table 12A-4 is used for asymmetric frame structure.
In the symmetrical frame structure, each business model message is 205 bit long.Each business model message comprises the D channel field (or data field) of 8 bit long that are used for slow data rate message capability and depends on the B channel field (carrier field) of 160 or 176 bit long of whether using 16 bit frame FCW fields.
In the asymmetric frame structure that only in the TDD system variant, uses, be different length from the business model message of an information source, recently much longer usually from the business model message of another information source.The data bandwidth of the communication link of a direction of asymmetric frame structure permission is more much higher than other direction.Therefore, one of business model message is 45 bit long, and another business model message is 365 bit long, and the length overall of forward direction and reverse link message is still and amounts to 410 bits, and is the same with the symmetrical frame structure.Each business model message comprises the D channel field (or data field) of 8 bit long that are used for slow data rate message capability and depends on which information source has high transfer rate more and depends on 0 of the frame FCW field of whether using 16 bits, the B channel field (or carrier field) of 16,320 or 336 bit long.
Preferably utilize M primitive encoding technology to send base station and user message.Base station and user message preferably include the data symbols of modular cascade sequence, and wherein each data symbols is represented 5 bits.Spreading code or code element sign indicating number are transmitted to each data symbols.Therefore, the code element sign indicating number of emission can be represented the part of the whole of base station or user message or partial data field or a plurality of data field or more than one data field.
Generally increase preamble length pro rata owing to handle load, this requires asynchronous process usually, can be used in the various communication interface as herein described so be similar to the cascade preamble code structure that uses in the MPRF pattern of APG-63 radar.The general description of APG-63 radar can find in " the Airborne Pulsed Doppler Radar (Artech House1988) " of Morris.
Figure 13 A-B is the figure of expression cascade preamble structure.In Figure 13 A, the preamble of length 112 can the long-pending formation of cut-off between Barker4 (B4) sign indicating number 1302 and minimum peak-side lobe (Side Lobe) 28 (MPS28) sign indicating number 1301.In some sense, preamble can be considered to the MPS28 sign indicating number as a result, and wherein each " sheet " is actually a B4 sequence.An advantage of this preamble structure is: utilize 4 tap B4 matched filters 1310 of the filter 1311 of following 28 non-zero tap MPS28  [1,0,0,0] coupling thereafter can realize relevant treatment, shown in Figure 13 B.Aspect the processing complexity, the technology roughly equiv of Figure 13 A-B is in the matched filter of 32 taps, except having the higher storage requirement.First order filter 1310 can be strengthened the property as mismatched filter rather than matched filter, thus the secondary lobe in the minimizing filter response.
Figure 13 D and 13E are the curve charts of filter response that uses the cascade preamble of matched filter and mismatched filter more respectively.For Figure 13 D and 13E, suppose long 140 preamble.This preamble comprises the direct product between Barker-5 (B5) sign indicating number and the MPS28 sign indicating number.Figure 13 D represents to be used for the composite filter response of MPS28  B5, long 140 preambles, and length 104 preambles are by following 5 tap B5 matched filters 1310 of 28 tap MPS28 matched filters 1311 to handle thereafter.Approximately-four secondary lobe spikes 1320 of 14dB appear in the curve chart of Figure 13 D.Figure 13 E represents the composite filter response of same preamble, and this preamble is by and then 17 tap B5 mismatched filters, 1310 processing of 28 tap MPS28 matched filters 1311 thereafter, and the secondary lobe spike 1320 shown in Figure 130 is eliminated in expression.
As selectable processing unit, the M of a N detector detector can be used for detecting reminds purpose, and the preamble of whole length is used for detecting affirmation and the balanced purpose of Channel Detection.Utilize and show that low relevant different MPS28 sign indicating numbers can generate the code character with preamble.May limiting of this solution is: have only 2 MPS28 code words.Therefore, in order to generate the N=7 code weight, can comprise " approaching " MPS28 code word so that enlarge the potential available preamble that shows good crosscorrelation characteristic with the sign indicating number type.These two MPS28 code words have-the interim sidelobe level of peak value of 229dB, and have-the interim sidelobe level of peak value of 19.4dB near the MPS28 code word.
Can also utilize in front and enlarge the preamble processing in conjunction with described control impuls preamble of Figure 10 A-11D (for example, in preamble interval 1016) and 123 preamble transmission of messages classes.The relative initial preamble transmission (for example at preamble at interval in 1102 or 1102) before each main user or base station transmits of control impuls preamble and 123 preambles transmission generally has fixing timing, and can be used for helping synchronous especially on two complete length preambles transmission are the reverse link relevant with each main user or base station transmits.By processing controls pulse preamble or 123 preambles and the preamble before main user or base station transmits, preamble length has doubled effectively.
Figure 14-the 17th relatively takes the high tier of selection of embodiment specified characteristic described here and the figure of low each aspect of performance of tier air interface.Term " high tier " refers generally to the big zone of system's covering and is low capacity therefore.On the contrary, term " low tier " generally is applied to the communication service of local high power capacity and/or special demand.In a scheme, the user is assigned to minimum tier as far as possible to preserve the capacity of higher tier.
Usually, the characteristic that high tier is used is: provide umbrella to cover and internuncial relative big mesh, wherein the user trends towards having high measurement mobility factor (for example, high speed car).High transmit power, high-gain reception antenna and the high elevation antenna layout of high tier operation on also can the base station is feature.Extremely important such as the factor that the delay expansion that is applied to multipath and antenna diversity (causing what many propagation delays caused owing to reflect) and horizontal phase center separate.The use of a large amount of diversity antennas during for example, the antenna complex of increase and aperture size may be used high tier is unfavorable.Receiver sensitivity also may be the critical limitation factor.Little coherence bandwidth makes frequency spreading wave help using at high tier.
Low tier is used general features: the less mesh of covering with restriction of the practical obstacle of being subjected to and radiation center quantity rather than receiving sensitivity.Little delay expansion allows higher chip rate and favourable diversity antenna technology to overcome multipath fading can use spread spectrum or narrow band signal, and narrow band signal has to be beneficial to and obtains the high power capacity frequency and cover and dynamic channel allocation.Dynamic channel allocation algorithm helps quick response being provided and utilizing practical obstacle to allow the relatively little figure that reuses changing business need.Low tier is used the some covering that can comprise " hole " in for example wireless local loop, the covering of high tier, local high power capacity and wireless centrex service.
Though described some general features that high tier and low tier are used, these terms that adopted here do not mean that the application of the principles of the present invention that is proposed among the various embodiment of restriction.Being categorized as high or low tier only plans to illustrate exemplary embodiment as herein described and guide useful in the system design is provided.The design of high or low tier needs not to be mutual repulsion, also needn't comprise all possible communication system.
Operation in that high tier and low tier can be applicable to ratify or the unratified frequency band.In time-frequency band (1910-1920MHz) such as unratified, the FCC rule is mixed owing to narrow available frequency range requires TDD or TDMA/FDD with 1.25MHz maximum signal bandwidth in fact.Usually listen to ability earlier so that before emission, detect and avoid other user's transmission before requiring to talk.Application etc. time-frequency band generally has low tier variable quantity, and comprise wireless PBX, smart tags (for example, position determining means and passive RF radiation appliance), ownership is wireless and compressed video distributes.Dynamic channel allocation and low tier structure are best, because the FCC requirement.And Power Limitation does not generally comprise big mesh.
In industrial scientific medical (ISM) frequency band (2400-2483.5MHz), application class is similar to time-frequency band such as unratified, except the regular less restriction of federation.Preferred spread spectrum makes through-put power minimum (for example, to 1 watt or littler), generally requires the processing gain of minimum 10dB.Because the little frequency range of ISM frequency band, so preferred TDD or TDMA/FDD mixed structure.
Figure 14 is the summary diagrammatic that is more generally designed the various air interfaces of grouping by high tier and low tier.The first row identification air interface type of Figure 14, air interface type by sheet speed, tier and or TDD (single frequency band) or the frame structure of FDD/TDMA (a plurality of frequency bands) with time-division with time-division discern, described such as the front according to Figure 10 A-E and 11A-D.Therefore, for example, appear at sheet speed that identifier " 5.00HT " identification air interface in first row first row of table of Figure 14 has 5.00 million (MCP), be high tier and have the TDD structure.Similarly, appearing at first identifier " 0.64LF " the identification air interface that is listed as in the 6th row has 0.64Mcp sheet speed, is to hang down tier and have the FDD/TDMA structure.Summarize sum among Figure 14 and reached 16 different air interfaces (10 high tiers, 6 low tiers).
The chart secondary series identification duplex mode of Figure 14, as mentioned above, this is initially representing by air interface type at last also.The number of timeslots of the table the of Figure 14 three each particular air interface type of row identification.For the embodiment of specific description, the time slot scope is 8 to 32.The sheet speed (is the unit with MHz) of the 4th each particular air interface type of row identification of the table of Figure 14.The channel quantity of each distribution is shown in the 5th tabulation of the table of Figure 14, and this is given concrete allocated bandwidth (for example, supported RF number of channel 30MHz) approximate, and can changing according to selected modulation technique and sheet speed.The 6th tabulation of the table of Figure 14 is shown in the sensitivity (is the unit with dBm) that mast is measured.The 7th, eight tabulations of the table of Figure 14 are shown in desired base station number in the different communication environments, and having 100% is the benchmark setting of relative 5.00HT air interface.The communication environments of considering in Figure 14 table comprises R 2(open area), R 4(urban district) and R 7(low antenna urban district), as show listed.
Air interface type among Figure 14 also is divided into four total classification, comprises high tier, low tier, when unratified etc. and the ISM air interface type.The antenna diversity (Lant) of two antennas, 2 how distinguishable multipath (Lrake) and 30MHz allocated bandwidth are used in high tier operation supposition.Distinguishable multipath quantity generally is receiver capacity, the function that postpones expansion and antenna arrangement.Antenna diversity, single distinguishable communication path and the 30MHz allocated bandwidth of three antennas used in low tier supposition.Antenna diversity, single distinguishable communication path and the 1.25MHz channel width of three antennas is used in the operation supposition during unratified the grade.Antenna diversity, single distinguishable communication path and the 83.5MHz allocated bandwidth of three antennas used in ISM operation supposition.
Figure 15 is the digital distance restriction (is unit with the mile) of the described air interface of Figure 15 relatively.Digital distance partly depends on the number of timeslots that is adopted and whether uses range finding (that is, regularly adjusting control).A plurality of tabulations under title " uses range finding " show whether timing controlled adopts in system, and with same sequence corresponding a plurality of row under " time slot " title of the number of timeslots that indication is used.A plurality of row under " digital distance " title are with the row under same sequence correspondence " use range finding " and " time slot " title.Therefore, for example, have the 5.00HT air interface, three possible embodiment that illustrate are arranged.First embodiment uses 32 time slots and range finding (regularly to adjust, cause 8.47 miles digital distance.Second embodiment uses 32 time slots and does not use range finding, causes 1.91 miles digital distance.The 3rd embodiment uses 25 time slots and does not use range finding, causes 10.06 miles digital distance.
Can from the exemplary system parameters shown in Figure 15 table, find out: the number of timeslots that digital distance can be by reduce using, increase sheet speed, use a plurality of frequency bands (that is, using FDD and TDD technology) or use range finding (regularly adjusting) to increase.
Figure 16 is a chart of describing the various air interface structure influences of relevant base station-user's initial handshake negotiation and relevant time slot set.The variable of being considered among Figure 16 be base station 304 be operated in the distance measurement mode also be in the non-distance measurement mode, Business Stream that whether whether subscriber station 302 have duplexer, whether adopt forward link antenna interrogation signals and support to insert.Must appear at each communication between the base station time slot quantitaes under " wherein Jin Yong base station time slot quantity " title.(GP refers to general poll message to be used to appear at part of title " GP/SP negotiation ", and SP refers to specific polling message, explains as this paper is previous) under the quantity handled of initial acquisition different with the quantity that is used to appear at the business model processing under the title " same mobile station service time slot ".Back one quantity is determined the maximum time slot set in present last row percentage of frame (total time).
From Figure 16 chart, can find out: support the range finding processing can require the delay in system's consideration initial acquisition processing.Also have, the ability of supporting range finding to handle also may influence time slot set potentiality.If subscriber station 302 equipment duplexers allow subscriber station 302 to transmit and receive signal simultaneously, then can alleviate or eliminate this influence.
Table A-1 proposes schematic high tier and low tier air interface specification in more detail to A-28 (64-110 page or leaf).Especially, provide the air interface specification of being appointed as 5.00HT, 2.80HF, 1.60HF, 1.40HF, 0.64LF, 0.56LF and 0.35LF in the various structures.
Figure 13 C is the chart that the preamble of more previously described many different air interfaces in high tier and low tier environment detects performance.Long preamble can be scheduled to asynchronous sign indicating number separation, especially in high tier is used.The low tier of the non-expansion that short preamble is enough to be used in selecting and the synchronous environment of not permitting, the especially environment of the big multiplexing figure of average N of employing.
Preamble detection performance in the Rayleigh fading wherein selected the peak signal of three aerial signals to be used for communication when Figure 13 C chart represented that with form supposition is used three antennas and adopted diversity antenna technology.Detect as for preamble, wish to have at least 99.9% detection probability and guarantee communication reliably and stop preamble to become the link performance limiting factor.Do not require that it is reliably that antenna is inquired after detection, because their only uses in diversity is handled, so the requirement that the failure of detection antenna interrogation signals only causes forward link power to increase.
Each air interface type in the relevant Figure 13 of the listing in C chart is exemplary preamble code word size in its secondary series, and is that exemplary antenna is inquired after code word size (for each antenna of three antenna interrogation signals in three antenna diversities) in its 4th chief series.Code word size is that unit provides with the sheet.The 3rd chief series of Figure 13 C chart and the 5th chief series relatively do not have respectively secondary lobe and-99.9% detection threshold of 7dB peak value secondary lobe situation and the detection performance of 90% detection threshold.When the preamble code word size reduced, cross-correlation power level (that is the power difference between peak value auto-correlation power level and the cross-correlation power level) increased relatively.Therefore, Figure 13 C graphical presentation: increase the preamble that detection threshold stops the cross-correlation secondary lobe from other transmitters also to cause demoting and detect performance.In case rising preamble detection threshold, higher system signal to noise ratio may be essential.
So far describe the air interface system of high adaptivity flexibly, be applied to wherein adopt spread spectrum or narrow band signal technology or the TDD of the two and FDD/TDMA operation.Comprise being used for finding range and handling and the basic timing composition of business model exchange is used for suitable frame structure and defines of control impuls preamble regulation, this basic regularly composition is somewhat different than TDD and FDD/TDMA frame structure, as described in conjunction with Figure 10 A and 11A, basic regularly composition can be used for fixing or insert form and or zero offset form or skew form, as described earlier.Frame structure is suitable for being used in during high tier or low tier use, and single base station or subscriber station can be supported frame structure and the pattern more than a kind (for example, spread spectrum or arrowband, perhaps high or low tier) more than 1.
TDD or FDD/TDMA air interface structure have advantage.The easier percentage that is assigned to the timeline of every link by variation of TDD structure is recently supported the asymmetric data speed between forward direction and the reverse link.The TDD structure allows to realize the antenna diversity of forward direction and reverse link on base station 304, because propagation path is symmetrical for multipath fading (but needing not to be interference).The TDD structure also allows better simply phased array antenna design in the high-gain base station equipment, owing to do not need that independently duplicate front and reverse link.And, owing to need less frequency band, the TDD system more can with existing fixed microwave (DFS) user shared frequencies.
The FDD/TDMA structure can reduce the adjacent-channel interference that is caused by the transmission of other base stations or mobile radio station.The FDD/TDMA system generally has the sensitivity than the comparable good 3dB of TDD system, and therefore requirement is adopted base station still less and is not expensive potentially.Owing to compare with TDD, the FDD/TDMA structure is used the chip rate of half, so the FDD/TDMA structure can reduce the sensitivity of the inter symbol interference that multipath is introduced.And, because bandwidth reduces by half, D/A operates on the half rate with the signal processing composition that the A/D transformation rate reduces by half and RF is relevant, so the mobile unit in the FDD/TDMA system can use less power and make more cheap.The FDD/TDMA system can require less frequency interval between adjacent height and the operation of low tier.And can allow base station operation and needn't global synchronization, in the time of particularly in low tier pattern.Because the twice when timeline is extraction is so also can increase digital scope in the FDD/TDMA system.
Figure 18 is the concrete block diagram that hangs down the IF digital correlator that uses in the receiver that air interface structure disclosed herein is operated.But should note: various correlator can be suitable for being used among the various embodiment disclosed herein, and in the correlator of Figure 18, received signal 1810 is added to modulus (A/D) converter 1811.A/D converter 1811 preferably carries out 1 or 2 bit A/D conversion and approximately to be the operation of four times of bit rates or higher speed.Therefore, the bit rate of 1.023MHz to 10.23MHz causes the sampling rate of A/D converter 1811 in 4 to 50MHz scopes.
A/D converter 1811 output digitized signals 1812, this signal is linked two multipliers 1815 and 1816.Carrier wave numerically-controlled oscillator (NCO) square frame 1821 and transform vector square frame 1820 are operated together to provide suitable frequency to be used to separate and are in harmonious proportion down conversion for hanging down the IF frequency.Transform vector square frame 1820 is exported sinusoidal signal 1813 and cosine signal 1814 on selected conversion frequency.Sinusoidal signal 1813 is linked multiplier 1815.And cosine signal 1816 is linked multiplier 1816, so that generate IIF signal 1830 and QIF signal 1831.IIF signal 1830 connects gcI multiplier 1840, and QIF signal 1831 is linked Q multiplier 1843.
Sign indicating number NCO square frame 1840 and code conversion square frame 1841 are operated together so that selected spreading code 1846 to be provided, and selected spreading code 1846 is coupled to I multiplier 1842 and Q multiplier 1843.The number of I adder 1844 that conforms between counting IIF signal 1030 and the selected spreading code 1846 is linked in the output of I multiplier 1842.Q multiplier 1843 is linked the Q adder 1845 of the quantity that conforms between counting QIF signal 1031 and the selected spreading code 1846, I adder 1844 output I coherent signals 1850, and Q adder 1845 is exported Q coherent signals 1851.
Selectively, zero IF digital correlator can be used for substituting low IF digital correlator, and I carried out before the A/D conversion by zero IF digital correlator and the Q branch is opened, and therefore requires to use two A/D converters to replace a converter.The A/D converter of zero IF correlator can be with this bit rate operation, rather than four times of operated bit rates of A/D converter 1811.
Figure 19 A can operate on the multi-frequency and has spread spectrum and the block diagram of the exemplary dual-mode base station of narrow band communication ability.The base station block diagram of Figure 19 A comprises with hanging down the frequency plans structure that IF digital transmitting and receiving signal ASIC1920 uses.The FDD technology can be adopted in the base station, and wherein subscriber station 302 is launched with low duplex frequency, and launch with higher duplex frequency base station 304.Directly synthetic digital CPM modulator is preferably used in the base station of Figure 19 A, such as for example described in IEEE Trans COM (in April, 1987) Kopta " new general digital CPM modulator ".
Figure 19 A dual-mode base station comprises antenna 1901, preferably can operate with the 2GHz frequency range.Antenna 1901 is linked duplexer 1910, and this allows the base station to transmit and receive signal by antenna 1901 simultaneously.The signal transformation of being launched with receive is for by taking advantage of or remove the suitable frequency that the master clock frequency of master oscillator 1921 outputs generates.Master oscillator 1921 generates basic frequencies, and (for example, 22.4MHz), this frequency offers clock divider circuit 1922, is used for basic frequency divided by predetermined factor for example 28.Master oscillator 1921 is also linked another clock divider circuit 1926, circuit 1926 with basic frequency divided by programmable parameter M, M is determined by the physical layer that operate therein the base station, the output of clock divider circuit 1926 can also be by another clock divider 1927 divided by programmable parameter M2 segmentation, so that support second operator scheme on the different physical layers when needing.
The signal of launching offers D/A (D/A) converter 1922, the signal timing of this origin self-clock divider circuit 1926 by ASIC1920.The output of D/A converter 1933 is linked low pass filter 1934 so that the level and smooth of signal envelope to be provided.Low pass filter 1934 is linked multiplier 1936.Link frequency multiplier circuit 1935 from the output of clock divider circuit 1922, circuit 1935 multiply by transformation factor with its output, such as 462.Frequency multiplier circuit 1935 is linked multiplier 1936, multiply by its input and generates IF transmission signals 1941.IF transmission signals 1941 is linked spread spectrum band pass filter 1937 and narrow band filter 1938.Spread spectrum band pass filter 1937 is broadband filters, and narrow band filter 1938 is operated on narrow relatively bandwidth.In addition, band pass filter 1937 and 1938 filterings are from the CPM modulator thorn point (spur) of transmitter.Multiplexer 1939 is selected between the output of the output of spread spectrum band pass filter 1937 and narrow band filter 1938 according to the operator scheme of base station.
Multiplexer 1939 is linked multiplier 1931 clock divider circuit 1922 and is linked another clock divider circuit 1923, circuit 1923 imports it divided by the factor, for example 4, frequency multiplier circuit 1930 is linked in the output of clock divider circuit 1923, circuit 1930 multiply by its input the factor of (N+400), wherein N defines the receive channel frequency, as further described herein.Frequency multiplier circuit 1930 is linked multiplier 1931, and multiplier 1931 multiply by its input so that generate output signal 1942.Output signal 1942 is linked duplexer 1910, and this allows by antenna 1901 transmission output signal 1942.
The signal that receives through antenna 1901 is by duplexer 1910 and offer multiplier 1951.Clock divider circuit 1923 is linked frequency multiplier circuit 1950, and for example factor of N is multiply by in its input.Frequency multiplier circuit 1950 is linked multiplier 1951, and multiplier makes up its input and generates an IF signal 1944.The one IF signal 1944 is linked spread spectrum band pass filter 1952 and narrow band filter 1953.Spread spectrum band pass filter 1952 is bandwidth filters, and narrow band filter 1953 is operated on narrow relatively bandwidth.Band pass filter 1952 and 1953 is removed the mirror image noise and is used as antialiasing filter.Multiplexer 1954 is selected between the output of the output of spread spectrum band pass filter 1952 and narrow band filter 1953.
Multiplexer 1954 is linked multiplier 1960, also links multiplier 1960 from the output of frequency multiplier circuit 1935, exports last IF signal 1946, and last IF signal 1946 is linked low pass filter 1961 and linked A/D converter 1962 subsequently.During speedometer that A/D converter 1962 is determined with clock divider circuit 1926.The output of A/D converter offers ASIC1920, is used for relevant and further processing.Particularly, the signal of reception can be by shown in Figure 180 and described in the above low IF correlator processing, and A/D converter 1961 can be identical with A/D converter 1811 in this case.
Usually, because expense and device-restrictive, although, only support an arrowband and a spread spectrum mode by providing similar additional firmware and to need as many pattern by the single base station support.
Figure 19 B is the chart of the selection frequency used in the dual-mode base station of presentation graphs 19A and other parameters.Figure 19 B chart is divided according to spread spectrum and narrow band mode, and first three columns relates to the different transmission rates that utilizes spread spectrum, and back four row relate to the different transmission rates that utilizes the arrowband technology.Frequency in every row is that unit provides with the megahertz, and master oscillator frequency is appointed as f0 in Figure 19 B.M and M2 are the division ratios able to programme of clock divider circuit 1926 and 1927.Sampling rate among Figure 19 B is applied to A/D converter 1962 and D/A converter 1933, Fs/ (IB+Fch) figure representative sample ratio, and last IF frequency and the 2nd IF frequency are the centre frequencies of band pass filter.The bottom of Figure 19 B is sampling the one LO and the N numerical value of three different incoming frequency 1850MHz, 1850.2MHz and 1930MHz.
Appear at frequency in Figure 19 B chart and other parameters and can utilize microprocessor or other software controllers to select, this when needed frame of reference timing information or clock so that coordinate time and other parameters of conversion institute selected frequency when needed.
The mode that subscriber station 302 can be similar to the dual-mode base station of Figure 19 A-B designs, and except subscriber station 302 does not need to launch simultaneously and receive, subscriber station 302 can not require outside the duplexer 1910 in the air interface structure.And, because subscriber station 302 transmits and receives on the frequency band relative with base station 304, so frequency multiplier circuit 1930 and 1950 will be exchanged.
The embodiment that replaces:
Though this paper discloses preferred embodiment, various variations are possible among notion of the present invention and scope, and those of ordinary skills' these variations after specification, accompanying drawing and claims of reading this paper become clear.
For example, though several embodiment generally is described according to spread spectrum communication, the invention is not restricted to spread spectrum technic.In some arrowbands are used, owing to sign indicating number is not that problem does not require preamble (though being still synchronously in TDD or the TDMA structure is essential) synchronously.
And though be convenient to operation according to Figure 10 A-E and the described control impuls preamble of 11A-D in some environment, these embodiment also can not adopt the control impuls preamble.The various functions of being carried out by the control impuls preamble (for example, power control, no line options or the like) can realize by other parts of analysis user transmission, maybe may be unwanted.
In the embodiment that replaces, it is easier so that the paging of the subscriber station 302 that is operated in the overlay area is reached with other transaction of subscriber station 302 to use one or more systems control channel.In this embodiment, control channel provides base station or the system information that is included in the business information on the adjacent base station, with assisted hand-off judgement, system identification and ownership information, open slots information, antenna scanning and gain parameter and base station load condition.Control channel with corpse station operating parameter (for example also can be specified, timer counting or be used for the thresholding of working etc. of power control, handover), provide incoming call (for example to remind, paging), provide time frame or other synchronous and distributing system resource (for example, time slot).
When heavy traffic (, most of time slot all in use), fixing time slot is exclusively used in handles paging service to make subscriber station stand-by period minimum may be useful.And fixedly paging time-slot can not need be launched general poll message periodically from the base station in each open time slot, thereby and eliminates polling message from base station 304 may disturb between transmitting with forward link traffic.System information preferably with or near full power in broadcasting on the fixing paging time-slot so that make the subscriber station 302 on each distance can hear and reply this information.
This alternative embodiment can also be selected diversity antenna and make the user needn't transmit the control impuls preamble by giving subscriber station 302 equipments.Can send two preambles on the forward link, and not utilize the rl transmission control impuls preamble before of another forward link transmissions front.Such structure and the comparison sheet of previously described embodiment are shown among Figure 17.In Figure 17, air interface type is discerned in first row as previously, but afterbody " D " expression subscriber station 302 has the selection diversity antenna, and afterbody " P " expression subscriber station 302 does not have diversity type to select antenna, but adopts control impuls preamble (or " PCP ").Shown in the table of Figure 17, adopt the digital distance of the alternative embodiment of diversity antenna to improve, maybe can increase number of timeslots.These benefits occur and be because the elimination of pulse control preamble has increased the available time in each time frame, this has and helps expand the distance that can serve or increase available time slot quantity.
In another alternative embodiment, before base station transmits, carry out user's transmission.In this embodiment, because the information that obtains relevant transmitting power of mobile station and channel quality is transmitted by analysis user in base station 304, may not need the control impuls preamble.Yet, in such embodiments, send from base station 304 and to adjust instruction and long delay is arranged till implementing to adjust instruction until subscriber station is actual the later time frame for subscriber station 302 beginnings, thereby increase stand-by period in the control loop, whether the control loop stand-by period influences performance unfriendly depends on system requirements.
Except above-mentioned modification, invention as herein described can be whole or in part below patent do not make amendment in the examination of appeal or with following patent or not examination of appeal use, wherein each patent or not examination of appeal quote as a reference at this, as all proposing in this article.
United States Patent (USP) 5016255 is announced with the name of inventor Robert C.Dixor and Jeffrey S.Vanderpool, is entitled as " asymmetric spread spectrum correlator ";
United States Patent (USP) 5022047 is announced with the name of inventor Robert C.Dixor and Jeffrey S.Vanderpool, is entitled as " spread spectrum correlator ";
United States Patent (USP) 5285469, the name issue with inventor Jeffrey S.Vanderpool is entitled as " spread spectrum radio telephone system ";
United States Patent (USP) 5291516, the name issue with inventor Robert C.Dixor and Jeffrey S.Vanderpool is entitled as " double mode transmitter and receiver ";
United States Patent (USP) 5402413, the name issue with inventor Robert C.Dixor is entitled as " three mesh wireless communication systems ";
U.S. Patent Application Serial 08/161,187, on December 3rd, 1993 was entitled as " method and apparatus that is used to set up spread spectrum communication " with the name application of inventor RobertC.Dixor;
U.S. Patent Application Serial on November 1st, 08/146491,1993 is entitled as " despreading/demodulation Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum Signal " with the name application of inventor Robert A.Gold and Robert C.Dixor;
U.S. Patent Application Serial on August 18th, 08/293671,1994 is entitled as " multi-mode, multiband spread spectrum communication system " with the name application of inventor Robert C.Dixor, Jeffrey S.Vanderpool and Douglas G.Smith;
U.S. Patent Application Serial 08/293671, on August 1st, 1994 is with inventor Gary B.Anderson, Ryan N., the name application of Jensen, Bryan K.Peteh and Peter O.Peterson is entitled as " PCS mini phone machine/microgrid hole communication over-the-air protocol ";
U.S. Patent Application Serial on September 1st, 08/304091,1994 is entitled as " relevant and incoherent CPM correlation technique and equipment " with the name application of inventor RandyDurrant and Mark Burbach;
U.S. Patent Application Serial on November 3rd, 08/334587,1994 is entitled as " diversity antenna technology " with the name application of inventor LoganScott; With
U.S. Patent Application Serial 08/383518, February 3 nineteen ninety-five is with the name application of inventor LoganSeott, Lyon﹠amp; Lyon reel number 2011081 is entitled as and " uses the spread spectrum of SAW device relevant.”
Be also noted that, can adopt the variation of the hop 502 of time frame 501.For example, the system that adopts forward link (that is base station transmits) to go up error correction can interlock on the whole pulse train of hop 502 and be scheduled to data to different user station 302.
Expansion TDD link design person 3 TDD, has small time slot 5.000MHz TDD, have the big time slot TDD expansion M various time slot TDD of unit, the PDD of various slotted paging 145 operations of expansion M unit is provided with the expansion 5.000MHz sheet speed of sheet speed 32.0 * 8.00kbps, the 5.000MHz sheet of range finding 5.000MHz sheet speed link
25.0 * the 8.00kbps of M unit leads speed 32.0 * 8.00kbps
Expansion M unit
( μs ) : 625.00 625.00 800.00 800.00 625.00 625.00 625.00 625.00T/R ( ) : 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32T/R ( μs ) : 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.401-〉2 ( ) : 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 321-〉2 ( μs ) : 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40R/T ( ) : 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32R/T ( μs ) : 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 ( μs ) : 19.20 19.20 19.20 19.20 19.20 19.20 19.20 19.20 ( ) : 0 0 0 0 0 0 102.5 102.5 ( μs ) : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20.50 20.50 ( ) : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.91 1.91 ( μs ) : 19.20 19.20 19.20 19.20 19.20 19.20 60.20 60.20TDD : 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2TDD ( ) : 1.91 1.91 10.06 10.06 8.47 8.47 0.00 0.00TDD ( μs ) : 41.00 41.00 216.00 216.00 181.80 181.80 0.00 0.00TDD ( ) : 205.00 205.00 1080.00 1080.00 909.00 909.00 0.00 0.00TDD ( ) : 102.50 102.50 540.00 540.00 454.50 454.50 0.00 0.00 ( μs ) : 60.20 60.20 235.20 235.20 201.00 201.00 60.20 60.20 : 90.37% 90.37% 70.60% 70.60% 67.84% 67.84% 90.37% 90.37%A-1TDD # ( ) : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ( ) : 0 28 0 28 0 28 0 28 ( ) : 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 ( ) : 4 32 4 32 4 32 4 32 PCP ( ) : 56 0 56 0 56 0 56 0 ( ) : 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 ( ) : 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 PCP ( ) : 88 0 88 0 88 0 88 0 ( ) : 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 ( ) : 144 56 144 56 144 56 144 56 ( ) : 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 D ( ) : 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 B ( ) : 160 160 160 160 105 105 160 160 R ( ) : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CRC ( ) : 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 ( ) : 205 205 205 205 150 150 205 205 ( ) : 41 41 41 41 30 30 41 41 ( ) : 1312 1312 1312 1312 960 960 1312 1312 ( ) : 1456 1368 1456 1368 1104 1016 1456 1368A-1TDD
The transmission time slot duration (μ s): 291.20 273.60 291.20 273.60 220.80 203.20 291.20 273.60
A time slot B channel data rates (kbps): 8888 5.25 5.25 88
Set B channel data rates (kbps): 256 256 200 200 168 168 256 256
The maximum # of each RF channel voice channel: 32 32 25 25 21 21 32 32
The superframe duration (ms): 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Sheet/time slot: 3,125 4,000 3,125 3125
The sheet duration (μ s): 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
Base station time slot configuration (mobile radio station is in zero distance): (μ s) (sheet) (μ s) (sheet) (μ s) (sheet) (μ s) (sheet) Table A-2 expansion TDD
Base station Tx preamble begins: 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0
The preposition end of base station Tx: 11.20 56 11.20 56 11.20 56 11.20 56
Base station Tx message begins: 11.20 56 11.20 56 11.20 56 11.20 56
The base station Tx end of message: 273.60 1,368 273.60 1,368 203.20 1,016 273.60 1368
Base station Tx antenna message begins: 273.60 1,368 273.60 1,368 203.20 1,016 273.60 1368
The base station Tx antenna end of message: 273.60 1,368 273.60 1,368 203.20 1,016 273.60 1368
Base station rotation thumb (only FDD) beginning:
Base station rotation thumb (only FDD) finishes:
Base station T → R changes beginning: 273.60 1,368 273.60 1,368 203.20 1,016 273.60 1368
Base station T → R EOC: 280.00 1,400 280.00 1,400 209.60 1,048 280.00 1400
Base station Rx preamble begins: 280.00 1,400 280.00 1,400 209.60 1,048 280.00 1400
Base station Rx preamble finishes: 291.20 1,456 291.20 1,456 220.80 1,104 291.20 1456
Base station Rx message begins: 291.20 1,456 291.20 1,456 220.80 1,104 291.20 1456
Rx : 553.60 2768 553.60 2768 412.80 2064 553.60 2768 Rx12 : 553.60 2768 553.60 2768 412.80 2064 553.60 2768 Rx12 : 574.10 2870.5 661.60 3308 503.70 2518.5 553.60 2768 Rx1 : 574.10 2870.5 661.60 3308 503.70 2518.5 553.60 2768 Rx1 : 574.10 2870.5 661.60 3308 503.70 2518.5 574.10 2870.5 1→2 ( T/R ) : 574.10 2870.5 661.60 3308 503.70 2518.5 574.10 2870.5 1→2 ( T/R ) : 580.50 2902.5 668.00 3340 510.10 2550.5 580.50 2902.5 Rx PCP : 580.50 2902.5 668.00 3340 510.10 2550.5 580.50 2902.5 Rx PCP : 598.10 2990.5 685.60 3428 527.70 2638.5 598.10 2990.5Rx1 : 598.10 2990.5 685.60 3428 527.70 2638.5 598.10 2990.5Rx1 : 618.60 3093 793.60 3968 618.60 3093 598.10 2990.5Rx2 : 618.60 3093 793.60 3968 618.60 3093 598.10 2990.5Rx2 : 618.60 3093 793.60 3968 618.60 3093 618.60 30932→1R T : 618.60 3093 793.60 3968 618.60 3093 618.60 30932→1R T : 625.00 3125 800.00 4000 625.00 3125 625.00 3125 ( ) : 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0A-2 TDD/RF:RFBW/ ( KHz ) : 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 ( N ) : 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 ( KHz ) : 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000S/I ( dB ) : 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6G29ok ( dB ) : 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 ( k ) : 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300SyB KT inc.NF ( dBm/Hz ) :-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9SyB KT inc.NF ( mw/KHz ) : 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 ( dB ) : 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
I/(S.BW)(num) : 5E-05 5E-05 5E-05 5E-05 5E-05 5E-05 5E-05 5E-05
The irrelevant form of M unit:: 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Each symbol bits: 55555555
The frame error speed that requires: 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02
The frame length (bit) that kb/No calculates: 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
Actual equivalent frame length (bit): 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 205
Antenna diversity factor: 22222222
Separate many: 22222222 through the diversity factor
The Eb/No (dB) that requires: 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897
1/Eb/NoL (num) : 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962
S/I medium sensitivity (dBm) :-97.05-97.05-97.05-97.05-97.05-97.05-97.05-97.05
Sensitivity only has thermal noise (dBm) :-100.00-100.00-100.00-100.00-100.00-100.00-100.00-100.00
The sensitivity loss (dB) that S/I introduces: 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95
The sensitivity that requires among the S/I (mW): 2E-10 2E-10 2E-10 2E-10 2E-10 2E-10 2E-10 2E-10
Maximum single number is according to speed (kbps): 781.25 781.25 781.25 781.25 781.25 781.25 781.25 781.25
Maximum single worker's chip rate (ksps): 156.25 1,562 5 156.25 156.25 156.25 156.25 156.25 156.25
The sheet of each code element: 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00
Element duration (μ s): 6.400 6.400 6.400 6.400 6.400 6.400 6.400 6.400
The sheet of each bit: 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40
The processing gain of each bit (dB): the S/ (N+I) that 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 Table As-3 expansions TDD enters A/D (dB): 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 enter the S/N (dB) of A/D: 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 maximum duplex data speed (kbps): 353.00 353.00 275.78 275.78 265.00 265.00 353.00 353.00 pilot channel expenses (kbps): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Bearer Channel duplex speed (kbps): 353.00 353.00 275.78 75.78 265.00 265.00 353.00 353.00 link asymmetry factors (dB): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Table As-3 expansion TDD
Voice channel/Gos calculates:
Vocoder rate (kbps): 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00
Each vocoder expense speed (kbps): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Each speech circuit data rate (kpbs): 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00
The RF number of channel/sector: 11111111
The system bandwidth of launching (MHz): 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00
The maximum voice channel number of supporting: 32.0 32.0 25.0 25.0 21.0 21.0 32.0 32.0
The percentage of mobile phone among the TSI/HO: 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00%
Ireland of the last support of 1#GOS: 19.29 19.29 14.11 14.11 11.23 11.23 19.29 19.29
Ireland of the last support of 2#Gos: 20.76 20.76 15.32 15.32 12.28 12.28 20.76 20.76
Single tandem becomes frame delay (ms): 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 70.00 20.00 20.00
Two tandems become frame delay (ms): 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00
Base station duty factor: 43.78% 43.78% 34.20% 34.20% 32.51% 32.51% 43.78% 43.78%
Mobile phone list time slot Tx duty factor: 1.46% 1.46% 1.46% 1.46% 1.68% 1.68% 1.46% 1.46% calculation of capacity:
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
Mobile phone peak transmitted power (mW): 300.00 300.00 24.1 300.00 300.00 24.1 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8
Mobile phone average transmit power (mW): 4.37 4.37 6.4 4.37 4.37 6.4 5.05 5.05 7.0 4.37 4.37 6.4
Antenna for mobile phone gain (dBd): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Base station peak transmitted power (mW): 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8
Base station average transmit power (mW): 111.33 22.2 102.60 20.1 97.54 19.9 131.33 21.2
Bs antenna gain (dBd): 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00
Geographic sector area number (1 base stations/sectors): 33333333
Because the sector loss that causes of antenna overlapping: 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 25.0% 25.0% 15.0%
Clean sector gain in the capacity: 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55
RF total number of channels on the site: 33333333
1#Gos Ireland of handling on the site: 49.19 49.19 35.98 35.98 28.64 28.64 49.19 49.19
2#Gos Ireland of processing on the site:52.94 52.94 39.06 39.06 31.32 31.32 52.94 52.94 Table A-4 spread F DD link design persons, the 3 FDD expansion M various time slot FDD of unit; M, FDD.M2800MHz FDDM2800MHz145FDD 2.800MHz 2.800MHz32.0×8.00kbps 32.0×8.00kbps 28.0×8.00kbps : ( μs ) : 625.00 625.00 625.00 625.00 625.00 625.00 714.29 714.29T/R ( ) : 0 32 0 32 0 32 0 32T/R ( μs ) : 0.00 11.43 0.00 11.43 0.00 11.43 0.00 11.43 1→2 ( ) : 32 0 32 0 32 0 32 01→2 ( μs ) : 11.43 0.00 11.43 0.00 11.43 0.00 11.43 0.00R/T ( ) : 32 0 32 0 32 0 32 0R/T ( μs ) : 11.43 0.00 11.43 0.00 11.43 0.00 11.43 0.00 ( μs ) : : 22.86 11.43 22.86 11.43 22.86 11.43 22.86 11.43 ( ) : 0 114 59 114 # 0 114 0 364 ( μs ) : 0.00 43.73 21.07 40.71 Bin% 0.00 40.71 0.00 130.00 ( mi ) : 0.00 3.79 1.96 3.79 6.97 0.00 3.79 0.00 12.11 ( μs ) : 22.86 52.14 65.00 52.14 22.86 52.14 22.86 141.43TDD : 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1TDD ( mi ) : 13.67-0.00 0.00-0.00 1.96-0.00 6.12 0.00TDD ( μs ) : 146.79-0.00 0.00-0.00 42.14-0.00 131.43 0.00TDD ( ) : 411.00-0.00 0.00-0.00 118.00-0.00 368.00 0.00TDD ( ) : 411.00-0.00 0.00-0.00 59.00-0.00 184.00 0.00 ( μs ) : 169.64 52.14 65.00 52.14 65.00 52.14 154.29 141.43 : 72.86% 91.66% 89.60% 91.66% 89.60% 91.66% 78.40% 80.20%A-5FDD
0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3# ( ) : 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 ( ) : 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 ( ) : 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 ( ) : 112 0 112 0 112 0 112 0PCP ( ) : 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 ( ) : 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 ( ) : 144 0 144 0 144 0 144 0PCP ( ) : 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 ( ) : 256 292 256 292 256 292 256 292 ( ) : ( ) : 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21D ( ) : 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8B ( ) : 105 160 160 160 160 160 160 160R ( ) : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0CRC ( ) : 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 ( ) : 150 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 ( ) : 30 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 ( ) : 960 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 : 1216 1604 1568 1604 1568 1604 1568 1604A-5FDD ( μs ) : 434.29 572.86 560.00 572.86 560.00 572.86 560.00 572.86B ( kbps ) : 5.25 8 8 8 8 8 8 8B ( kbps ) : 168 256 256 256 256 256 224 224RF# : 21 32 32 32 32 32 28 28 ( ms ) : 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20/ : 1750 1750 1750 2000 ( μs ) : 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 ( ) : ( μs ) ( ) ( μs ) ( ) ( μs ) ( ) ( μs ) ( ) A-6 FDD
Base station Tx preamble begins: 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0
Base station Tx preamble finishes: 40.00 112 112 40.00 112 112 40.00 112 112 40.00 112 112
Base station Tx message begins: 40.00 112 0 40.00 112 0 40.00 112 0 40.00 112 0
The base station Tx end of message: 508.57 1,424 1,312 508.57 1,424 1,312 508.57 1,424 1,112 508.57 1,424 1112
Base station Tx antenna message begins: 508.57 1,424 0 508.57 1,424 0 508.57 1,424 0 508.57 1,424 0
The base station Tx antenna end of message: 572.86 1,604 180 572.86 1,604 180 572.86 1,604 180 572.86 1,604 180
Base station rotation thumb (only FDD) beginning: 572.86 1,604 0 572.86 1,604 0 572.86 1,604 0 572.86 1,604 0
Formula station rotation thumb (only FDD) finishes: 613.57 1,718 114 613.57 1,718 114 613.57 1,718 114 702.86 1,968 364
Base station T-〉R changes beginning: 613.57 1,718 0 613.57 1,718 0 613.57 1,718 0 702.86 1,968 0
Base station T-〉the R EOC: 625.00 1,750 32 625.00 1,750 32 625.00 1,750 32 714.29 2,000 32
Base station Rx preamble begins: 625.00 1,750 0 625.00 1,750 0 625.00 1,750 0 714.29 2,000 0
Base station Rx preamble finishes: 665.00 1,862 112 665.00 1,862 112 665.00 1,862 112 754.29 2,112 112
Base station Rx message begins: 665.00 1,862 0 665.00 1,862 0 665.00 1,862 0 754.29 2,112 0
The base station Rx end of message: 1007.86 2,822 960 1133.57 3,174 1,112 1133.57 3,174 1,112 1222.86 3,424 1112
Base station Rx guard time 1 or 2 beginnings: 1007.86 2,822 0 1133.57 3,174 0 1133.57 3,174 0 1222.86 3,424 0
Base station Rx guard time 1 or 2 finishes: 1154.64 3,233 411 1133.57 3,174 0 1154.64 3,233 59 1288.57 3,608 184
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 1 beginning: 1154.64 3,233 0 1133.57 3,174 0 1154.64 3,233 0 1288.57 3,608 0
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 1 finishes: 1154.64 3,233 0 1154.64 3,233 59 1154.64 3,233 0 1288.57 3,608 0
Mobile radio station 1-〉beginning 2 transition times (T/R): 1154.64 3,233 0 1154.64 3,233 0 1154.64 3,233 0 1288.57 3,608 0
Mobile radio station 1-〉finish 2 transition times (T/R): 1166.07 3,265 32 1166.07 3,265 32 1166.07 3,265 32 1300.00 3,640 32
Base station Rx PCP begins: 1166.07 3,265 0 1166.07 3,265 0 1166.07 3,265 0 1300.00 3,640 0
Rx PCP : 1217.50 3409 144 1217.50 3409 144 1217.50 3409 144 1351.43 3784 144Rx1 : 1217.50 3409 0 1217.50 3409 0 1217.50 3409 0 1351.43 3784 0Rx1 : 1217.50 3409 0 1217.50 3409 0 1238.57 3468 59 1417.14 3968 184Rx2 : 1217.50 3409 0 1217.50 3409 0 1238.57 3468 0 1417.14 3968 0Rx2 : 1238.57 3468 59 1238.57 3468 59 1238.57 3468 0 1417.14 3968 02-〉1R-〉T: 1238.57 3468 0 1238.57 3468 0 1238.57 3468 0 1417.14 3968 02-〉1R-〉T: 1250.00 3500 32 1250.00 3500 32 1250.00 3500 32 1428.57 4000 32 ( ) : 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0A-6FDD/RF:
Each RF channel BW/ sheet speed (KHz): 2,800 2,800 2,800 2,800 2,800 2,800 2,800 2800
Channeling factor (N): 33333333
Minimum system bandwidth (kHz): 16,800 16,800 16,800 16,800 16,800 16,800 16,800 16800
S/I (dB): 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Noise factor G 290k (dB): 44444444
Antenna temperature (K): 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300
Sys?KT?inc.NF (dBm/Hz): -169.9 -169.9 -169.9 -169.9 -169.9 -169.9 -169.9 -169.9
Sys?KT?inc.NF (mW/kHz): 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14
Implement loss (dB): 33333333
I/(S.BW) (num): 9E-05 9E-05 9E-05 9E-05 9E-05 9E-05 9E-05 9E-05
The irrelevant form of M unit: 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Each symbol bits: 55555555
The frame error speed that requires: 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02
The frame length (bit) that Kb/No calculates: 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
Actual equivalent length (bit): 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
Antenna diversity factor: 22222222
Separate many: 22222222 through the diversity factor
The Eb/No (dB) that requires: 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9997 7.9897
1/Eb/NoL ( num ) : 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962S/I ( dBm ) :-99.57-99.57-99.57-99.57-99.57-99.57-99.57-99.57, ( dBm ) :-102.52-102.52-102.52-102.52-102.52-102.52-102.52-102.52S/I ( dB ) : 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95S/I ( mW ) : 1.1E-10 1.1E-10 1.1E-10 1.1E-10 1.18-10 1.1E-10 1.1E-10 1.1E-10 ( kbps ) : 437.50 437.50 437.50 437.50 437.50 437.50 437.50 437.50 ( ksps ) : 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 : 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 ( μs ) : 11.429 11.429 11.429 11.429 11.429 11.429 11.429 11.429 : 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 ( dB ) : 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06A-7FDDA/DS/ ( N+I ) ( dB ) : 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93A/DS/N ( dB ) : 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 ( kbps ) : 159.38 200.50 196.00 200.50 196.00 200.50 171.50 175.44 ( kbps ) : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ( kbps ) : 159.38 200.50 196.00 200.50 196.00 200.50 171.50 175.44 ( dB ) : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00A-7FDD/GOS: ( kbps ) : 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 ( kbps ) : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ( kbps ) : 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00RF/ : 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ( MHz ) : 16.80 16.80 16.80 16.80 16.80 16.80 16.80 16.80 : 21.0 32.0 32.0 32.0 32.0 32.0 28.0 28.0TSI/HO : 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00%1#GOS : 11.23 19.29 19.29 19.29 19.29 19.29 15.57 15.572#GOS : 12.28 20.76 20.76 20.76 20.76 20.76 16.86 16.86 ( ms ) : 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 ( ms ) : 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 : 91.66% 91.66% 91.66% 91.66% 91.66% 91.66% 80.20% 80.20%Tx : 3.31% 3.31% 2.80% 2.80% 2.80% 2.80% 2.80% 2.80%:
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
Mobile phone peak transmitted power (mW): 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8
Mobile phone average transmit power (mW): 9.93 9.93 10.0 8.40 6.40 9.2 8.40 6.40 9.2 8.40 8.40 9.2
Antenna for mobile phone gain (dBd): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Base station peak transmitted power (mW): 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8
Base station average transmit power (mW): 274.97 24.4 274.97 24.4 274.97 24.4 110.40 23.8
( dBd ) : 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00A-BFDD ( 1/ ) : 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3: 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% : 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55RF : 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1#GOS : 28.64 49.19 49.19 49.19 49.19 49.19 39.71 39.712#GOS : 31.32 52.94 52.94 52.94 52.94 52.94 39.99 42.99A-8FDD3 FDD、M, FDDM FDDM1.600MHz FDDM1.600MHz145FDD 1.600MHz 1.600MHz 20.0×8.00Kbps 16.0×8.00kbps
13.1×8.00kbps 20.0×8.00kbps : ( μs ) : 1000.00 1000.00 1000.00 1000.00 1000.00 1000.00 1250.00 1250.00T/R ( ) : 0 24 0 24 0 24 0 24T/P ( μs ) : 0.00 15.00 0.00 15.00 0.00 15.00 0.00 15.001-〉2 ( ) : 24 0 24 0 24 0 24 01-〉2 ( μs ) : 15.00 0.00 15.00 0.00 15.00 0.00 15.00 0.00R/T ( ) : 24 0 24 0 24 0 24 0R/T ( μs ) : 15.00 0.00 15.00 0.00 15.00 0.00 15.00 0.00 ( μs ) : 30.00 15.00 30.00 15.00 30.00 5.00 30.00 15.00 ( ) : 0 90 20 90 # 0 90 0 490 ( μs ) : 0.00 56.25 12.50 56.25 Bins 0.00 56.25 0.00 306.25 ( mi ) : 0.00 5.24 1.16 5.24 18.6 0.00 5.24 0.00 28.52 ( μs ) : 30.00 71.25 55.00 71.25 30.00 71.25 30.00 321.25 TDD : 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 TDD ( mi ) : 21.66 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.16 0.00 12.81 0.00TDD ( μs ) : 232.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.00 275.00 0.00TDD ( ) : 372.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 40.00 0.00 440.00 0.00TDD ( ) : 372.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20.00 0.00 220.00 0.00 ( μs ) : 262.50 71.25 55.00 71.25 55.00 71.25 305.00 321.25 : 73.75% 92.88% 94.50% 92.88% 94.50% 92.88% 75.60% 74.30%A-9 FDD# ( ) : 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 ( ) : 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 ( ) : 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ( ) : 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30PCP ( ) : 84 0 84 0 84 0 84 0 ( ) : 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 ( ) : 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0PCP ( ) : 116 0 116 0 116 0 116 0 ( ) : 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 ( ) : 200 174 200 174 200 174 200 174 ( ) : 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21D ( ) : 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8B ( ) : 105 160 160 160 160 160 160 160R ( ) : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0CRC ( ) : 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 ( ) : 150 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 ( ) : 30 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 ( ) : 960 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 : 1160 1486 1512 1486 1512 1486 1512 1486A-9 FDD
The transmission time slot duration, (μ s): 725.00 928.75 945.00 928.75 945.00 928.75 945.00 928.75 1 time slot B channel data rates, (kbps): 5.25 8888888 set B channel data rates, (kbps): the maximum # of 105 160 160 160 160 160 128 128 each RF channel voice channel: 13.125 20 20 20 20 20 16 16 superframe duration, (ms): 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Sheet/time slot: 1,600 1,600 1,600 2000
The sheet duration (μ s): 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 base station time slot configuration (mobile radio station is in zero distance): (usec) (chips) (usec) (chips) (usec) (chips) (usec) (chips) Table A-10 spread F DD
Base station Tx preamble begins: 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0
Base station Tx preamble finishes: 52.50 84 84 52.50 84 84 52.50 84 84 52.50 84 84
Base station Tx message begins: 52.50 64 0 52.50 84 0 52.50 84 0 52.50 84 0
The base station Tx end of message: 872.50 1,396 1,312 872.50 1,396 1,312 872.50 1,396 1,312 872.50 1,396 1112
Base station Tx antenna message begins: 872.50 1,396 0 872.50 1,396 0 872.50 1,396 0 872.50 1,396 0
The base station Tx antenna end of message: 928.75 1,486 90 928.75 1,486 90 928.75 1,486 90 928.75 1,486 90
Base station rotation thumb (only FDD) is opened
Beginning: 928.75 1,486 0 928.75 1,486 0 928.75 1,486 0 928.75 1,486 0
Base station rotation thumb (only FDD) finishes: 985.00 576 90 985.00 1,576 90 985.00 576 90 1235.00 1,976 490
Base station T-〉R changes beginning: 985.00 576 0 985.00 1,576 0 985.00 576 0 1235.00 1,976 0
Base station T-〉the R EOC: 1000.00 1,600 24 1000.00 1,600 24 1000.00 1,600 24 1250.00 2,000 24
Base station Rx preamble begins: 1000.00 1,600 0 1000.00 1,600 0 1000.00 1,600 0 1250.00 2,000 0
Base station Rx preamble finishes: 1052.50 1,684 84 1052.50 1,684 84 1052.50 1,684 84 1302.50 2,084 84
Base station Rx message begins: 1052.50 1,684 0 1052.50 1,684 0 1052.50 1,684 0 1302.50 2,084 0
The base station Rx end of message: 1652.50 2,644 960 1872.50 2,996 1,312 1872.50 2,996 1,112 2122.50 3,396 1112
Base station Rx guard time 1 or 2 beginnings: 1652.50 2,644 0 1872.50 2,996 0 1872.50 2,996 0 2122.50 3,396 0
Base station Rx guard time 1 or 2 finishes: 1885.00 3,016 372 1872.50 2,996 0 1885.00 3,016 20 2260.00 3,616 220
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 1 beginning: 1885.00 3,016 0 1872.50 2,996 0 1885.00 3,016 0 2260.00 3,616 0
Rx1 : 1885.00 3016 0 1885.00 3016 20 1885.00 3016 0 2260.00 3616 0 1-〉2 ( T/R ) : 1885.00 3016 0 1885.00 3016 0 1885.00 3016 0 2260.00 3616 0 1-〉2 ( T/R ) : 1900.00 3040 24 1900.00 3040 24 1900.00 3040 24 2275.00 3640 24 Rx PCP : 1900.00 3040 0 1900.00 3040 0 1900.00 3040 0 2275.00 3640 0 Rx PCP : 1972.50 3156 116 1972.50 3156 116 1972.50 3156 116 2347.50 3756 116 Rx1 : 1972.50 3156 0 1972.50 3156 0 1972.50 3156 0 2347.50 3756 0 Rx1 : 1972.50 3156 0 1972.50 3156 0 1985.00 3176 20 2485.00 3976 220 Rx2 : 1972.50 3156 0 1972.50 3156 0 1985.00 3176 0 2485.00 3976 0 Rx2 : 1985.00 3176 20 1985.00 3176 20 1985.00 3176 0 2485.00 3976 02-〉1R-〉T: 1985.00 3176 0 1985.00 3176 0 1985.00 3176 0 2485.00 3976 02-〉1R-〉T: 2000.00 3200 24 2000.00 3200 24 2000.00 3200 24 2500.00 4000 24
Residue (preferably zero): 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 Table A-10 spread F DD data rate/RF channel:
The BW/ sheet speed (kHz) of each channel: 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1600
Channeling factor (N): 33333333
Minimum system bandwidth (kHz): 9,600 9,600 9,600 9,600 9,600 9,600 9,600 9600
S/I (dB):?6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Noise factor G290k (dB): 44444444
Antenna temperature, (K): 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Sys KT inc.NF, (dBm/Hz) :-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9 Sys KT inc.NF, (mW/kHz): 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14
Implement loss (dB): 33333333
I/(S.BW) (num):?0.00016 0.00016 0.00016 0.00016 0.00016 0.00016 0.00016 0.00016
The irrelevant form of M unit: 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
The bit of each code element: 55555555
The frame error speed that requires: 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02
The frame length (bit) that Kb/No calculates: 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
Actual equivalent frame length (bit): 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
Antenna diversity factor: 22222222
Separate many: 22222222 through the diversity factor
The Eb/No (dB) that requires: 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897
1/Eb/NoL?(num):?0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962
Sensitivity among the S/I (dBm) :-102.00-102.00-102.00-102.00-102.00-102.00-102.00-102.00
Sensitivity only has thermal noise (dBm) :-104.95-104.95-104.95-104.95-104.95-104.95-104.95-104.95
The sensitivity loss (dB) that S/I introduces: 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95
The sensitivity that requires among the S/I (mW): 6.3H-11 6.3H-11 6.3H-11 6.3H-11 6.3H-11 6.3H-11 6.3H-11 6.3H-11
Maximum single number is according to speed (kbps): 250.00 250.00 250.00 250.00 250.00 250.00 250.00 250.00
Maximum single worker's chip rate (ksps): 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Each code element sheet: 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00
Element duration (μ s): 20.000 20.000 20.000 20.000 20.000 20.000 20.000 20.000
The sheet of each bit: 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40
The processing gain of each bit (dB): 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 Table As-11
The S/ (N+I) that spread F DD enters A/D is (dB): 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 enter the S/N (dB) of A/D: 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 maximum duplex data speed (kbps): 92.19 116.09 118.13 116.09 118.13 116.09 94.50 92.88 pilot channel expenses (kbps): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Bearer Channel duplex speed (kbps): the non-link factors of 92.19 116.09 118.13 116.09 118.13 116.09 94.50 92.88 links (dB): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Table A-11
Spread F DD
/GOS: ( kbps ) : 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 ( kbps ) : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ( kbps ) : 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00RF/ : 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ( MHz ) : 9.60 9.60 9.60 9.60 9.60 9.60 9.60 9.60 : 13.1 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 16.0 16.0TSI/HO : 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00%1#GOS : 5.78 10.53 10.53 10.53 10.53 10.53 7.77 7.772#GOS : 6.48 11.53 11.53 11.53 11.53 11.53 8.60 8.60 ( ms ) : 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 ( ms ) : 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 : 92.88% 92.88% 92.88% 92.68% 92.88% 92.88% 74.30% 74.30%Tx : 5.52% 5.52% 4.73% 4.73% 4.73% 4.73% 4.73% 4.73% :
( dBm ) ( dBm ) ( dBm ) ( dBm ) ( mW ) : 100.00 300.00 14.8 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 ( mW ) : 16.57 16.57 12.2 14.10 14.18 11.5 14.10 14.18 11.5 14.18 14.10 24.8 ( dBd ) : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 11.5 ( mW ) : 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 ( mW ) : 278.63 24.5 278.63 24.5 278.63 24.5 222.90 23.5 ( dBd ) : 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 ( 1/ ) : 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 : 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% : 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55RF : 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 31#GOS : 14.74 26.84 26.84 26.84 26.84 26.84 19.80 19.802#GOS : 16.52 29.41 29.41 29.41 29.41 29.41 21.93 21.93A-12FDD3145FDD
FDD, the various time slots of expansion M unit, FDD, the various time slots of expansion M unit, FDD, the small time slot 1.400MHz FDD of expansion M unit, the big time slot of expansion M unit
The 1.400MHz of range finding 1.400MHz sheet speed link, sheet speed sheet speed 16.0 * 8.00kbps 1.400MHz sheet speed
10.5×8.00kbps 16.01×8.00kbps 14.0×8.00kbps
: ( μs ) : 1250.00 1250.00 1250.00 1250.00 1250.00 1250.00 1428.57 1428.57T/R ( ) : 0 24 0 24 0 24 0 24T/R ( μs ) : 0.00 17.14 0.00 17.14 0.00 17.14 0.00 17.141-〉2 ( ) : 24 0 24 0 24 0 24 01-〉2 ( μs ) : 17.14 0.00 17.14 0.00 17.14 0.00 17.14 0.00R/T ( ) : 24 0 24 0 24 0 24 0R/T ( μs ) : 17.14 0.00 17.14 0.00 17.14 0.00 17.14 0.00 ( μs ) : 34.29 17.14 34.29 17.14 34.29 17.14 34.29 17.14 ( ) : 0 212 67 212 # 0 212 0 462 ( μs ) : 0.00 151.43 47.86 151.43 Bina 0.00 151.43 0.00 330.00 ( mi ) : 0.00 14.10 4.46 14.10 6.25 0.00 14.10 0.00 30.74 ( μs ) : 34.29 168.57 130.00 168.57 34.29 168.57 34.29 347.14TDD : 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1TDD ( mi ) : 27.88 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.46 0.00 12.77 0.00TDD ( μs ) : 299.29 0.00 0.00 0.00 95.71 0.00 274.29 0.00TDD ( ) : 419.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 134.00 0.00 384.00 0.00TDD ( ) : 419.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 67.00 0.00 192.00 0.00 ( μs ) : 333.57 168.57 130.00 166.57 130.00 168.57 308.57 347.14 : 73.31% 86.51% 89.60% 86.51% 86.60% 86.51% 78.40% 75.70%A-13FDD# ( ) : 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 ( ) : 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 ( ) : 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ( ) : 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30PCP ( ) : 112 0 112 0 112 0 112 0 ( ) : 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 ( ) : 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0PCP ( ) : 144 0 144 0 144 0 144 0 ( ) : 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 ( ) : 256 202 256 202 256 202 256 202 ( ) : 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21D ( ) : 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8B ( ) : 105 160 160 160 160 160 160 160R ( ) : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0CRC ( ) : 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 ( ) : 150 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 ( ) : 30 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 ( ) : 960 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 : 1216 1514 1568 1514 1568 1514 1568 1514A-13FDD
The transmission time slot duration, (μ s): 868.57 1081.43 1120.00 1081.43 1120.00 1681.43 1120.00 1081.43 1 time slot B channel data rates, (kbps): 5.25 8888888 set B channel data rates, (kbps): 84 128 128 128 128 128 112 112 each B channel data rates, (kbps): 10.5 16 16 16 16 16 14 14 superframe duration, (ms): 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Sheet/time slot: 1,750 1,750 1,750 2000
The sheet duration (μ s): 0.71 0.71 0.71 0.71 base station time slot configuration (mobile radio station is in zero distance): (usec) (chips) (usec) (chips) (usec) (chips) (usec) (chips) Table A-14
Spread F DD
Base station Tx preamble begins: 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0
Base station Tx preamble finishes: 80.00 112 112 80.00 112 112 80.00 112 112 80.00 112 112
Base station Tx message begins: 80.00 112 0 80.00 112 0 80.00 112 0 80.00 112 0
The base station Tx end of message: 1017.14 1,424 1,312 1017.14 1,424 1,312 1017.14 1,424 1,312 1017.14 1,424 1312
Base station Tx antenna message begins: 1017.14 1,424 0 1017.14 1,424 0 1017.14 1,424 0 1017.14 1,424 0
The base station Tx antenna end of message: 1081.43 1,514 90 1081.43 1,514 90 1081.43 1,514 90 1081.43 1,514 90
Base station rotation thumb (only FDD) beginning: 1081.43 1,514 0 1081.43 1,514 0 1081.43 1,514 0 1081.43 1,514 0
Base station rotation thumb (only FDD) finishes: 1232.86 1,726 212 1232.86 1,726 212 1232.86 1,726 212 1411.43 1,976 462
Base station T-〉R changes beginning: 1232.86 1,726 0 1232.86 1,726 0 1232.86 1,726 0 1411.43 1,976 0
Base station T-〉the R EOC: 1250.00 1,750 24 1250.00 1,750 24 1250.00 1,750 24 1428.57 2,000 24
Base station Rx preamble begins: 1250.00 1,750 0 1250.00 1,750 0 1250.00 1,750 0 1428.57 2,000 0
Base station Rx preamble finishes: 1330.00 1,862 112 1330.00 1,862 112 1330.00 1,862 112 1508.57 2,112 112
Base station Rx message begins: 1330.00 1,862 0 1330.00 1,862 0 1330.00 1,862 0 1508.57 2,112 0
The base station Rx end of message: 2015.71 2,822 1,312 2267.14 3,174 1,312 2267.14 3,174 1,312 2445.71 3,424 1312
Base station Rx guard time 1 or 2 beginnings: 2015.71 2,862 0 2267.14 3,174 0 2267.14 3,174 0 2445.71 3,424 0
Base station Rx guard time 1 or 2 finishes: 2315.00 3,241 0 2267.14 3,174 0 2315.00 3,241 67 2582.86 3,616 192
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 1 beginning: 2315.00 3,241 0 2267.14 3,174 0 2315.00 3,241 0 2582.86 3,616 0
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 1 finishes: 2315.00 3,241 67 2315.00 3,241 67 2315.00 3,241 0 2582.86 3,616 0 bases moving station 1-〉beginning 2 transition times (T/R): 2315.00 3,241 0 2315.00 3,241 0 2315.00 3,241 0 2582.86 3,616 0 bases moving station 1-〉finish 2 transition times (T/R): 2332.14 3,265 24 2332.14 3,265 24 2332.14 3,265 24 2600.00 3,640 24
Base station Rx PCP begins: 2332.14 3,265 0 2332.14 3,265 0 2332.14 3,265 0 2600.00 3,640 0
Base station Rx PCP finishes: 2435.00 3,409 144 2435.00 3,409 144 2435.00 3,409 144 2702.86 3,784 144
Base station Rx guard time 1 beginning: 2435.00 3,409 0 2435.00 3,409 0 2435.00 3,409 0 2702.86 3,784 0
Base station Rx guard time 1 finishes: 2435.00 3,409 0 2435.00 3,409 0 2482.86 3,476 67 2840.00 3,976 192
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 2 beginnings: 2435.00 3,409 0 2435.00 3,409 0 2482.86 3,476 0 2840.00 3,976 0
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 2 finishes: 2482.86 3,476 67 2482.86 3,476 67 2482.86 3,476 0 2840.00 3,976 0 movement station 2-〉1 transition becomes base station R-〉T changes beginning: 2482.86 3,476 0 2482.86 3,476 0 2482.86 3,476 0 2840.00 3,976 0 movement station 2-〉1 transition becomes base station R-〉the T EOC: 2500.00 3,500 24 2500.00 3,500 24 2500.00 3,500 24 2857.21 4,000 24
Residue (preferably zero): 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 Table A-14 spread F DD data rate/RF channel: the BW/ sheet speed (kHz) of each RF channel: 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 1400 frequency duplex factor as one (N): 33333333 minimum system bandwidth (kHz): 8,400 8,400 8,400 8,400 8,400 8,400 8,400 8400
S/I?(dB)?: 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Noise factor G 290k (dB): 44444444
Antenna temperature, (K): 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300Sys kT inc.NF, (dBm/Hz) :-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9Sys kT inc.NF, (mW/kHz): 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14
Implement loss (dB): 33333333
I/(S.BW) (num)?: 0.00018 0.00018 0.00018 0.00018 0.00018 0.00018 0.00018 0.00018
The irrelevant form of M unit: 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Each symbol bits: 55555555
The frame error speed that requires: 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 10E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02
The frame length (bit) that Kb/No calculates: 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
The frame length (bit) of actual equivalence: 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
The antenna diversity factor: 22222222
Separation is through the diversity factor: 22222222
The Eb/No (dB) that requires: 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897 7.9897
1/Eb/NoL ( num ) : 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962 0.07962S/I ( dBm ) :-102.58-102.58-102.58-102.58-102.58-102.58-102.58-102.58, ( dBm ) :-105.53-105.53-105.53-105.53-105.53-105.53-105.53-105.53S/I ( dB ) : 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95S/I ( mW ) : 5.5E-11 5.5E-11 5.5E-11 5.5E-11 5.5E-11 5.5E-11 5.5E-11 5.5E-11 ( kbps ) : 218.75 218.75 218.75 218.75 218.75 218.75 218.75 218.75 ( kbps ) : 43.75 43.75 43.75 43.75 43.75 43.75 43.75 43.75
The sheet of each code element: 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00
Element duration (μ s): 22.857 22.857 22.857 22.857 22.857 22.857 22.857 22.857
(sheet) of each bit: 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40
The processing gain of each bit (dB): the S/ (N+I) that 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 8.06 Table A-15 spread F DD enter A/D (dB): 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 enter the S/N (dB) of A/D: 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 5.88 maximum duplex data speed (kbps): 80.19 94.63 98.00 94.63 98.00 94.63 85.75 82.80 pilot channel expenses (kbps): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Bearer Channel duplex speed (kbps): 80.19 94.63 98.00 94.00 94.00 94.63 85.75 82.80
( dB ) : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00A-15FDDFDD/GOS: ( kbps ) : 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 ( kbps ) : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ( kbps ) : 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 0.00 8.00 8.00 8.00RF/ : 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ( MHz ) : 8.40 8.40 8.40 8.40 8.40 8.40 8.40 8.40 : 10.5 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 14.0 14.0TSI/HO : 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00%1#GOS : 3.90 7.77 7.77 7.77 7.77 7.77 5.78 5.782#GOS : 4.45 8.60 8.60 8.60 8.60 8.60 6.48 6.48 ( ms ) : 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 ( ms ) : 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 : 86.51% 86.51% 86.51% 86.51% 86.51% 86.51% 75.70% 75.70%Tx : 6.62% 6.62% 5.60% 5.60% 5.60% 5.60% 5.60% 5.60%:
( dBm ) ( dBm ) ( dBm ) ( dBm ) ( mW ) : 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8 ( mW ) : 19.85 19.85 13.0 16.80 16.80 12.3 16.80 16.80 12.3 16.80 16.80 12.3 ( dBd ) : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ( mW ) : 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 ( mW ) : 259.54 24.1 259.54 24.1 259.54 24.1 227.10 23.6 ( dBd ) : 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 ( 1/ ) : 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 : 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% : 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55RF : 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1#GOS : 9.95 19.80 19.80 19.80 19.80 19.80 14.74 14.742#GOS : 11.34 21.93 21.93 21.93 21.93 21.93 16.52 16.52A-16 FDD3145FDD
FDD does not have the various time slots of expansion, and FDD does not have the various time slots of expansion, and FDD does not have expansion small time slot FDD, does not have the big time slot of expansion
The 0.640MHz sheet speed 0.640MHz sheet speed 0.640MHz sheet speed of range finding 0.640MHz sheet speed link
26.3×8.00kbps 40.0×8.00kbps 40.0×8.00kbps 32.0×8.00kbps : ( μs ) : 500.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 625.00 625.00 T/R ( ) : 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 T/R ( s ) : 0.00 12.50 0.00 12.50 0.00 12.50 0.00 12.50 1-〉2 ( ) : 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 1-〉2 ( μs ) : 12.50 0.00 12.50 0.00 12.50 0.00 12.50 0.00 R/T ( ) : 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 R/T ( μs ) : 12.50 0.00 12.50 0.00 12.50 0.00 12.50 0.00 ( μs ) : 25.00 12.50 25.00 12.50 25.00 12.50 25.00 12.50 ( ) : 0 34 19 34 # 0 14 0 114 ( μs ) : 0.00 53.13 29.69 53.13 Bina 0.00 53.13 0.00 178.13 ( mi ) : 0.00 4.95 2.77 4.95 3.89 0.00 4.95 0.00 16.59 ( μs ) : 25.00 65.63 84.38 65.63 25.00 65.63 25.00 190.63
Two-way TDD protection number: 11212121
TDD ( mi ) : 10.77 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.77 0.00 8.59 0.00TDD ( μs ) : 115.63 0.00 0.00 0.00 59.38 0.00 184.38 0.00TDD ( ) : 74.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 18.00 0.00 118.00 0.00/TDD ( ) : 74.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 19.00 0.00 59.00 0.00 ( s ) : 140.63 65.63 84.38 65.63 84.38 65.63 209.38 190.63 : 71.88% 86.88% 83.13% 86.88% 83.13% 86.88% 66.50% 69.50%A-17FDD# ( ) : 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 ( ) : 28 13 28 13 28 13 28 13 ( ) : 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ( : 30 15 30 15 30 15 30 15 PCP ( ) : 28 0 28 0 28 0 28 0 ( ) : 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 ( ) : 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 PCP ( ) : 33 0 33 0 33 0 31 0
Sync word length (sheet): 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
( ) : 61 73 61 73 61 73 61 73 ( ) : 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21D ( ) : 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8B ( ) : 105 160 160 160 160 160 160 160R ( ) : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0CRC ( ) : 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 ( ) : 150 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 ( ) : 150 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 ( ) : 150 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 : 211 278 266 278 266 278 266 278A-17 FDD ( μs ) : 329.69 434.38 415.63 434.38 415.63 434.38 415.63 434.38B ( kbps ) : 5.25 8 8 8 8 8 8 8B ( kbps ) : 210 320 320 320 320 320 256 256#/RF : 26.25 40 40 40 40 40 32 32 ( ms ) : 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20/ : 320 320 320 400 ( μs ) : 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 ( ) : ( μs ) ( ) ( μs ) ( ) ( μs ) ( ) ( μs ) ( ) A-18
Spread F DD not
Base station Tx preamble begins: 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0
Base station Tx preamble finishes: 43.75 28 28 43.75 28 28 43.75 28 28 43.75 28 28
Base station Tx message begins: 43.75 28 0 43.75 28 0 43.75 28 0 43.75 28 0
The base station Tx end of message: 364.06 233 205 364.06 233 205 364.06 213 205 364.06 233 205
Base station Tx antenna message begins: 364.06 233 0 364.06 233 0 164.06 213 0 364 06 233 0
The base station Tx antenna end of message: 434.38 278 45 434.38 278 45 434.38 278 45 434.38 278 45
Base station rotation thumb (only FDD) beginning: 434.38 278 0 434.38 278 0 434.38 278 0 434.38 278 0
Base station rotation thumb (only FDD) finishes: 487.50 112 34 487.50 312 34 487.50 312 34 612.50 392 114
Base station T-〉R changes beginning: 487.50 312 0 487.50 312 0 487.50 312 0 612.50 392 0
Base station T-〉the R EOC: 500.00 320 8 500 00 320 8 500.00 320 8 625.00 400 8
Base station Rx preamble begins: 500.00 320 0 500.00 320 0 500.00 320 0 625.00 400 0
Base station Rx preamble finishes: 543.75 348 28 543.75 346 28 543.75 348 28 668.75 428 28
Base station Rx message begins: 543.75 348 0 543.75 348 0 543.75 348 0 668.75 428 0
The base station Rx end of message: 778.13 498 150 864.06 553 205 864.06 553 205 989.06 633 205
Base station Rx guard time 1 or 2 beginnings: 778.13 498 0 864.06 553 0 864.06 553 0 989.06 633 0
Base station Rx guard time 1 or 2 finishes: 893.75 572 74 864.06 553 0 893.75 572 19 1081.25 692 59
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 1 beginning: 893.75 572 0 864.06 553 0 893.75 572 0 1081.25 692 0
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 1 finishes: 893.75 572 0 893.75 572 19 893.75 572 0 1081.25 692 0 movement station 1-〉beginning 2 transition times (T/R): 893.75 572 0 893.75 572 0 893.75 572 0 1081.25 692 0 movement station 1-〉finish 2 transition times (T/R): 906.25 580 8 906.25 580 8 906.25 580 8 1093.75 700 8
Base station Rx PCP begins: 906.25 580 0 906.25 580 0 906.25 580 0 1093.75 700 0
Base station Rx PCP finishes: 957.81 613 33 957.81 613 33 957.81 613 33 1145.31 133 33
Base station Rx guard time 1 beginning: 957.81 613 0 957.81 613 0 957.81 613 0 1145.31 733 0
Base station Rx guard time 1 finishes: 957.81 613 0 957.81 613 0 987.50 632 19 1237.50 792 59
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 2 beginnings: 957.81 613 0 957.81 613 0 987.50 632 0 1237.50 792 0
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 2 finishes: 987.50 632 19 987.50 632 19 987.50 632 0 1237.50 792 0 movement station 2-〉1 transition becomes base station R-〉T changes beginning: 987.50 632 0 987.50 632 0 987.50 632 0 1237.50 792 0 movement station 2-〉1 transition becomes base station R-〉the T EOC: 1000.00 640 8 1000.00 640 8 1000.00 640 8 1250.00 800 8
Residue (preferably zero): 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 Table A-18 is spread F DD data rate/RF channel not:
BW/RF channel/sheet speed (kHz): 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640
Frequency duplex factor as one (N): 66666666
Minimum system bandwidth (kHz): 7,680 7,680 7,680 7,680 7,680 7,680 7,680 7680
S/I (dB): 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Noise factor G 290k (dB): 44444444
Antenna temperature (K): 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300
Sys?kT?inc.NF (dBm/Hz): -169.9 -169.9 -169.9 -169.9 -169.9 -169.9 -169.9 -169.9
Sys?kT?inc.NF (mW/kHz): 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14
Implement loss (dB): 31333333
I/(S.BW)?(num): 1.6E-08 1.6E-08 1.6E-08 1.6E-08 1.6E-08 1.6E-08 1.6E-08 1.6E-08
The irrelevant form of M unit: 22222222
Bits/sym: 11111111
The frame error speed that requires: 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02
The frame length (bit) that Kb/No calculates: 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
Actual equivalent frame length (bit): 150 150 205 205 205 205 205 205
The antenna diversity factor: 00112233
Separate many: 111122 1.33333 1.33333 through the diversity factor
The Eb/No (dB) that requires: 0.6404 10.6404 21.2716 21.2716 15.9373 15.9373 14.0082 14.0082
1/Eb/NoL (num): 0.04325 0.04125 0.00374 0.00374 0.02277 0.01277 0.01992 0.01992
Sensitivity among the S/I (dBm) :-98.21-98.21-87.57-87.57-92.92-92.92-94.85-94.85
Sensitivity only has thermal noise (dBm) :-98.22-98.22-87.58-87.58-92.92-92.92-94.85-94.85
The sensitivity loss (dB) that S/I introduces: 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
The sensitivity that requires among the S/I (mW): 1.5E-10 1.5E-10 1.7E-09 1.7E-09 5.1E-10 5.1-10 3.3E-10 3.3E-10
Maximum single number is according to speed (kbps): 640.00 640.00 640.00 640.00 640.00 640.00 640.00 640.00
Maximum single worker's chip rate (kbps): 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640
Sheet/code element: 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Element duration (μ s): 1.563 1.563 1.563 1.563 1.563 1.563 1.563 1.563
Sheet/bit: 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Processing gain/bit (dB): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Table A-19 is spread F DD not
The S/ (N+I) that enters A/D is (dB): 13.64 13.64 24.27 24.27 18.94 18.94 17.01 17.01
Enter the S/N (dB) of A/D: 13.64 13.64 24.28 24.28 18.94 18.94 17.01 17.01
Maximum duplex data speed (kbps): 230.00 278.00 266.00 278.00 266.00 278.00 212.80 222.40
Pilot channel expense (kbps): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Bearer Channel duplex speed (kbps): 230.00 278.00 266.00 278.00 266.00 278.00 212.80 222.40
The link asymmetry factor (dB): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Table A-19 is not expanded voice channel/GOS and is calculated vocoder rate (kbps): 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 expense speed/vocoders (kbps): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 data rate/speech circuit (kbps): 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 6.00
The RF number of channel/sector: 11111111
The system bandwidth of launching (MHz): 7.68 7.68 7.68 7.68 7.68 7.68 7.68 7.68
The maximum voice channel number of supporting: 26.3 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 32.0 32.0
Mobile phone percentage among the TSI/HO: 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00%
The erlang of the last support of 1#GOS: 24.84 25.38 25.38 25.38 25.38 25.38 19.29 19.29
The erlang of the last support of 1#GOS: 16.09 27.12 27.12 27.12 29.12 27.12 20.76 20.76
Single tandem becomes frame delay (ms): 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00
Two tandems become frame delay (ms): 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00
Base station duty factor: 66.88% 86.88% 86.88% 86.88% 86.88% 86.88% 69.50% 69.50%
Mobile phone list time slot Tx duty factor: 2.51% 2.51% 2.08% 2.08% 2.08% 2.08% 2.08% 2.08%
Calculation of capacity:
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
Mobile phone peak transmitted power (mW): 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8
Mobile phone average transmit power (mW): 7.54 7.54 8.8 6.23 6.23 7.9 6.23 6.23 7.9 6.23 6.23 7.9
Antenna for mobile phone gain (dBd): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Base station peak transmitted power (mW): 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.6 300.00 24.8
Base station average transmit power (mW): 260.63 24.2 260.63 24.2 260.63 24.2 208.50 23.2
Bs antenna gain (dBd): 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 geographic sector area numbers (1 base stations/sectors): 33333333 because the sector loss that causes of antenna overlapping: the clean sector gain in 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% capacity: RF total number of channels on 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 sites: the 1#GOS erlang of processing on 33333333 sites: the 2#GOS erlang of processing on 37.84 64.72 64.72 64.72 64.72 64.72 49.19 49.19 sites: 41.02 69.16 69.16 69.16 69.16 69.16 52.94 52.94 Table As-20 are spread F DD link designer FDD not; There are not the various time slots of expansion; FDD; There is not the various time slot link of expansion FDD; Do not have expansion small time slot 0.560MHz FDD, the FDD that does not have the big time slot 0.56MHz of expansion paging 145 operations arranges 0.560MHz sheet speed sheet speed 350 * 8.00kbps sheet speed 32.0 * 8.00kbps of range finding 0.560MHz sheet speed
35.0×8.00kbps
: ( μs ) : 571.43 571.43 571.43 571.43 571.43 571.43 625.00 625.00T/R ( ) : 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 8T/R ( μs ) : 0.00 14.29 0.00 14.29 0.00 14.29 0.00 14.291-〉2 ( ) : 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 01-〉2 ( μs ) : 14.29 0.00 14.29 0.00 14.29 0.00 14.29 0.00R/S ( ) : 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 0R/S ( μs ) : 14.29 0.00 14.29 0.00 14.29 0.00 14.29 0.00 ( μs ) : 28.57 14.29 28.57 14.29 28.57 14.29 28.57 14.29 ( ) : 0 34 19 34 # 0 34 0 34 ( μs ) : 0.00 60.71 33.93 60.71 Bins 0.00 60.73 0.00 60.71 ( mi ) : 0.00 5.66 3.16 5.66 3.89 0.00 5.66 0.00 5.66 ( μs ) : 28.57 75.00 96.43 75.00 28.57 75.00 28.57 75.00 TDD : 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 TDD ( mi ) : 12.31 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.16 0.00 5.66 4.99TDD ( μs ) : 132.14 0.00 0.00 0.00 67.86 0.00 121.41 53.57TDD ( ) : 74.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 38.00 0.00 68.00 30.00 TDD ( ) : 74.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 19.00 0.00 34.00 30.00 ( μs ) : 260.71 75.00 96.43 75.00 96.43 75.00 150.00 128.57 : 71.88% 86.88% 83.13% 86.88% 83.13% 86.88% 76.00% 79.43%A-21
FDD# ( ) : 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 ( ) : 28 13 28 13 28 13 28 13 ( ) : 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ( ) : 30 15 30 15 30 15 10 15 PCP ( ) : 28 0 28 0 28 0 28 0 ( ) : 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 ( ) : 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 PCP ( ) : 33 0 33 0 33 0 33 0 ( ) : 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 ( ) : 61 73 61 73 61 73 61 73 ( ) : 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 D ( ) : 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 B ( ) : 105 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 R ( ) : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CRC ( ) : 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 ( ) : 150 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 ( ) : 150 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 ( ) : 150 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 : 211 278 266 278 266 278 266 278A-21 ( μs ) : 376.79 496.43 475.00 496.43 475.00 496.41 475.00 496.43B ( kbps ) : 5.25 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 B ( kbps ) : 183.75 280 280 280 280 280 256 256 RF# : 22.9688 35 35 35 35 35 32 32
The superframe duration (ms): 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Sheet/time slot: 320 320 320 350
( μs ) : 1.79 1.79 1.79 1.79 ( ) : ( μs ) ( ) ( μs ) ( ) ( μs ) ( ) ( μs ) ( ) A-22FDDTx : 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0Tx : 50.00 26 28 50.00 28 28 50.00 28 28 50.00 28 28Tx : 50.00 28 0 50.00 28 0 50.00 28 0 50.00 28 0Tx : 416.07 233 205 416.07 233 205 416.07 233 205 416.07 233 205Tx : 416.07 233 0 416.07 233 0 416.07 233 0 416.07 233 0Tx : 496.43 278 45 496.43 278 45 496.43 278 45 496.43 278 45 ( FDD ) : 496.43 276 0 496.43 278 0 496.43 278 0 496.43 278 0 ( FDD ) : 557.14 312 34 557.14 312 34 557.14 312 34 557.14 312 34T-〉R : 557.14 312 0 557.14 312 0 557.14 312 0 557.14 312 0T-〉R : 571.43 320 8 571.43 320 8 571.43 320 8 571.43 320 8Rx : 571.43 320 0 571.43 320 0 571.43 320 0 571.43 320 0Rx : 621.43 348 28 621.43 348 28 621.43 348 28 621.43 348 28Rx : 621.43 348 0 621.43 348 0 621.43 348 0 621.43 348 0Rx : 889.29 498 150 987.50 553 205 987.50 553 205 987.50 553 205Rx12 : 889.29 498 0 987.50 553 0 987.50 553 0 987.50 553 0Rx12 : 1021.43 572 74 987.50 553 0 1021.43 572 19 1048.21 587 34Rx1 : 1021.43 512 0 987.50 553 0 1021.43 572 0 1048.21 587 0Rx1 : 1071.43 572 0 1021.43 572 19 1021.43 572 0 1048.21 587 01-〉2 ( T/R ) : 1021.43 572 0 1021.43 572 0 1021.43 572 0 1048.21 587 01-〉2 ( T/R ) : 1035.71 580 8 1035.71 580 8 1035.71 580 8 1062.50 595 8Rx PCP : 1035.71 580 0 1035.73 580 0 1035.71 580 0 1062.50 595 0Rx PCP : 1094.64 613 33 1091.64 613 33 1094.64 613 33 1121.43 628 33Rx1 : 1094.64 633 0 1094.64 613 0 1094.64 613 0 1121.43 628 0 Rx1 : 1094.64 613 0 1091.64 613 0 1128.57 632 19 1182.14 662 34Rx2 : 1094.64 613 0 1094.64 623 0 1128.57 632 0 1182.14 662 0Rx2 : 1128.57 632 19 1228.57 632 19 1128.57 612 0 1182.14 662 02-〉1R-〉T: 1128.57 632 0 1128.57 632 0 1128.57 632 0 1182.14 662 02-〉1R-〉T: 1142.86 640 8 1142.86 640 8 1142.86 640 8 1196.43 670 8 ( ) : 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 53.57 30A-22FDD /RF: RFBW/ ( kHz ) : 560 560 560 560 560 560 560 560 ( N ) : 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 ( kHz ) : 6720 6720 6720 6720 6720 6720 6720 6720
S/I (dB): 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 noise factor G 290K (dB): 44444444
Antenna temperature, (K): 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300Sys kT inc.NF, (dBm/Hz) :-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9Sys kT inc.NF, (mW/KHz): 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14
Implement loss (dB): 33333333
I/(S.BW) (num): 1.8E-08 1.8E-08 1.8E-08 1.8E-08 1.8E-08 1.8E-08 1.8E-08 1.8E-08
The irrelevant form of M unit: 22222222
Every symbol bits: 11111111
The frame error speed that requires: the frame length that 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 Kb/No calculates, (bit): the frame length of 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 actual equivalences, (bit): 150 150 205 205 205 205 205 205
The antenna diversity factor: 00112233
Separate many: 111122 1.33333 1.33333 through the diversity factor
The Eb/No (dB) that requires: 10.6404 10.6404 21.2716 21.2716 15.9373 15.9373 14.0081 14.0081
1/Eb/NoL ( num ) : 0.04125 0.04325 0.00374 0.00374 0.01277 0.01277 0.01992 0.01992 S/I ( dBm ) :-98.79-98.79-88.15-88.15-93.50-93.50-95.43-95.43 、 ( dBm ) :-98.80-98.80-88.16-88.16-93.50-93.50-95.41-95.43 S/I ( dB ) : 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 S/I ( mW ) : 1.3E-10 1.3E-10 1.5E-09 1.5E-09 4.5E-10 4.5E-10 2.9E-10 2.9E-10 ( kbps ) : 560.00 560.00 560.00 560.00 560.00 560.00 560.00 560.00 ( kbps ) : 560 560 560 560 560 560 560 560 : 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 ( μs ) : 1.786 1.786 1.786 1.786 1.786 1.786 1.786 1.786
The sheet of each bit: 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Every bit mix mud with water reason gain (dB): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Table A-23 not spread F DD enter A/D S/ (N+I) (dB): 13.64 13.64 24.27 24.27 18.94 18.94 17.01 17.01 enter the S/N (dB) of A/D: 13.64 13.64 24.28 24.28 18.94 18.94 17.01 17.01 maximum duplex data speed (kbps): 201.25 243.25 232.75 243.25 232.75 243.25 212.80 222.40 pilot channel expenses (kbps): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Bearer Channel duplex speed (kbps): the 201.25 243.25 232.75 243.25 232.75 243.25 212.80 222.40 link asymmetry factors (dB): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Table As-23 are spread F DD not
Voice channel/GOS calculates: vocoder rate (kbps): 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 each vocoder rate (kbps): the data rate of 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 each speech circuit (kbps): 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00
RP channel/sector number: 11111111
The system bandwidth of launching (MHz): 6.72 6.72 6.72 6.72 6.72 6.72 6.72 6.72
The voice channel of the maximum number of supporting: 23.0 35.0 35.0 35.0 35.0 35.0 32.0 32.0
Mobile phone percentage among the TSI/HO: 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00%
The erlang of on 1#GOS, supporting: 11.94 21.56 21.56 21.56 21.56 21.56 19.29 19.29
The erlang of on 2#GOS, supporting: 13.03 23.13 23.13 23.13 23.13 23.13 20.76 20.76
Single tandem becomes frame delay (ms): 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00
Two tandems become frame delay (ms): 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00
Base station duty factor: 86.88% 86.88% 86.88% 86.88% 86.88% 86.88% 79.43% 79.43%
Mobile phone single time slot Tx duty factor: 2.87% 2.87% 2.38% 2.38% 2.38% 2.38% 2.38% 2.38% calculation of capacity:
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
Mobile phone peak transmitted power (mW): 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8
Mobile phone average transmit power (mW): 8.61 8.61 9.4 7.13 7.13 8.5 7.13 7.13 8.5 7.13 7.13 8.5
Antenna for mobile phone gain (dBd): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Base station peak transmitted power (mW): 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8
Base station average transmit power (mW): 260.63 24.2 260.63 24.2 260.61 24.2 238.29 23.8
Bs antenna gain (dBd): 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00
Geographic sector area number (1 base stations/sectors): 33333333
Because the sector loss that causes of antenna overlapping: 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0%
Clean sector gain in the capacity: 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55
RF total number of channels on the station location: 33333333
The 1#GOS erlang of handling on the station location: 30.46 54.97 54.97 54.97 54.97 54.97 49.19 49.19
The 2#GOS erlang of handling on the station location: 33.24 58.98 58.98 58.98 58.98 58.98 52.94 52.94 Table As-24 are spread F DD link design person FDD not, there are not the various time slots of expansion, FDD, the various time slot FDD of no spread spectrum, no spread spectrum, has small time slot FDD, no spread spectrum, having big time slot 0.35MHz is the 0.35MHz sheet speed 0.350MHz of the FDD range finding 0.350MHz sheet speed link of paging 145 operation foundation, sheet speed sheet speed 20.0 * 8.00kbps
1.64 * 8.00kbps 25.0 * 8.00kbps 25.0 * 8.00kbps time slot efficient: reverse link forward link reverse link forward link reverse link forward link reverse link forward link
Two-way news frame duration (μ s): 800.00 800.00 800.00 800.00 800.00 800.00 1000.00 1000.00
Base station T/R change-over time (sheet): 08080008
Base station T/R change-over time (μ s): 0.00 22.86 0.00 22.86 0.00 22.85 0.00 22.86
Movement station 1-〉2 transition times (sheet): 80808080 movement station 1-〉2 transition times (μ s): 22.86 0.00 22.86 0.00 22.86 0.00 22.86 0.00 base station R/T conversion time (sheet): 0808080
Base station R/T change-over time (μ s): 22.86 0.00 22.86 0.00 22.86 0.00 22.86 0.00
Total conversion time (μ s): 45.71 22.86 45.71 22.86 45.71 22.86 45.71 22.86 movement station timing error tolerance limits (sheet): 0323 # 030 73 movement station timing error tolerance limits (μ s): 0.00 8.57 5.71 8.57 Bins, 0.00 8.57 0.00 208.57 ultimate range binary steps (mi): 0.00 0.80 0.53 0.80 28.5 0.00 0.00 0.00 19.43 total unprotect time overhead (μ s): 45.71 31.43 57.14 31.43 45.71 31.43 45.71 231.43
Two-way TDD protection number: 11212121
TDD maximum web pore radius (mi): the available TDD guard time (μ s) that 15.17 0.00-0.00 0.00 0.53 0.00 9.85 0.00 are total: the available TDD guard time (sheet) that 162.86 0.00-0.00 0.00 12.43 0.00 212.43 0.00 are total: the guard time (sheet) of 57.00 0.00-0.00,0.00 4.00 0.00 74.00 0.00 each TDD protection: the guard time (μ s) that 57.00 0.00-0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 37.00 0.00 are total: 208.57 31.43 57.14 31.43 57.14 31.43 257.14 231.43 structure of time slot efficient: 73.93% 96.07% 92.86% 96.07% 92.86% 96.07% 74.29% 76.86% Table As-25 are the spread F DD antenna probe number (forward link) that will send not: 03030303 antenna for base station probe length (sheet): 28 11 28 11 28 11 28 11
Antenna change-over time (sheet): 22222222
The sheet (sheet) that each antenna word is total: 30 13 30 13 30 13 30 13
The synchronous word length of PCP (sheet): 25 0 25 0 25 0 25 0
It line options (code element): 50505050
It line options (bit): 50505050
The PCP duration (sheet): 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0
Synchronous word length (sheet): 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Overhead length (sheet): 55 64 55 64 55 64 55 64
Header message length (bit): 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21
D channel massage length (bit): 88888888
B channel massage length (bit): 105 160 160 160 360 160 160 160
R channel massage length (bit): the CRC bit (bit) in 00000000 business models: 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 single worker's message-lengths (bit): 150 205 205 205 205 205 205 205
Single worker's message-length (code element): 150 205 205 205 205 205 205 205
Single worker's message-length (sheet): 150 205 205 205 205 205 205 205
Total sheet number: 205 269 260 269 260 269 260 269 Table As-25 are spread F DD not
The transmission time slot duration (μ s): 585.71 768.57 768.86 768.57 742.86 768.57 742.86 768.57
A time slot B channel data rates (kbps): 5.25 8888888
The B channel voice channel maximum of set: 131.25 200 200 200 200 200 160 160
Each RF channel voice channel maximum: 16.4063 25 25 25 25 25 20 20
The superframe duration (ms): 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Sheet/time slot: 280 280 280 280 350
The sheet duration (μ s): 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 base station time slots configuration (mobile radio station is on zero distance): (usec) (chipa) (usec) (chips) (usec) (chips) (usec) (chips) Table A-26 spread F DD not
Base station Tx preamble begins: 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0
Base station Tx preamble finishes: 71.41 25 25 71.43 25 25 71.43 25 25 71.43 25 25
Base station Tx message begins: 71.43 25 0 71.43 25 0 1.43 25 0 71.43 25 0
The base station Tx end of message: 657.14 230 205 657.14 230 205 657.14 230 205 657.14 230 205
Base station Tx antenna message begins: 657.14 230 0 657.14 230 0 657.14 230 0 657.14 230 0
The base station Tx antenna end of message: 768.57 269 39 768.57 269 39 768.57 269 39 768.57 269 69
Base station rotation thumb (only FDD) beginning: 768.57 269 0 768.57 269 0 768.57 269 0 768.57 269 0
Base station rotation thumb (only FDD) finishes: 777.57 272 3 777.14 272 3 777.14 272 3 977.14 342 73
Base station T-〉R changes beginning: 777.57 272 0 777.14 272 0 777.14 272 0 977.14 342 0
Base station T-〉the R EOC: 800.00 280 8 800.00 280 8 800.00 280 8 1000.00 350 8
Base station Rx preamble begins: 800.00 280 0 800.00 280 0 800.00 280 0 1000.00 350 0
Base station Rx preamble finishes: 871.43 305 25 871.43 305 25 871.43 305 25 1071.43 375 25
Base station Rx message begins: 871.43 305 0 871.43 305 0 871.43 305 0 1071.43 375 0
The base station Rx end of message: 1300.00 455 150 1457.14 510 205 1457.14 510 205 1657.14 580 205
Base station Rx guard time 1 or 2 beginnings: 1300.00 455 0 1457.14 510 0 1457.14 510 0 1657.14 580 0
Base station Rx guard time 1 or 2 finishes: 1462.86 512 57 1457.14 510 0 1462.86 512 2 1762.86 617 37
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 1 beginning: 1462.86 512 0 1457.14 510 0 1462.86 512 0 1762.86 617 0
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 1 finishes: 1462.86 512 0 1462.86 512 2 1462.86 512 0 1762.86 617 0 movement station 1-〉beginning 2 transition times (T/R): 1462.86 512 0 1462.86 512 0 1462.86 512 0 1762.86 617 0 movement station 1-〉finish 2 transition times (T/R): 1485.71 520 8 1485.71 520 8 1485.71 520 8 1785.71 625 8
Base station Rx PCP begins: 1485.71 520 0 1485.71 520 0 1485.71 520 0 1785.71 625 0
Base station Rx PCP finishes: 1571.43 550 30 1571.43 550 30 1571.43 550 10 1871.43 655 30
Base station Rx guard time 1 beginning: 1571.43 550 0 1571.43 550 0 1571.43 550 0 1871.43 655 0
Base station Rx guard time 1 finishes: 1571.43 550 0 1571.43 550 0 1577.14 552 2 1977.14 692 37
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 2 beginnings: 1571.43 550 0 1571.43 550 0 1577.14 552 0 1977.14 692 0
Base station Rx time mistake tolerance limit 2 finishes: 1577.14 552 2 1577.14 552 2 1577.14 552 0 1977.14 692 0 movement station 2-〉1 transition or base station R-〉T changes beginning: 1577.14 552 0 1577.14 552 0 1577.14 552 0 1977.14 692 0 movement station 2-〉1 transition or base station R-〉and the T EOC: 1600.00 560 8 1600.00 560 6 1600.00 560 8 2000.00 700 8
Residue (preferably zero): 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 Table A-26 is spread F DD data rate/RF channel not:
Every RF channel BW/ sheet speed (kHz): 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350
Frequency reuse (N): 66666666
Minimum system bandwidth (kHz): 4,200 4,200 4,200 4,200 4,200 4,200 4,200 4200
S/I (dB) : 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Noise factor G 290K (dB): 44444444
Antenna temperature, (K): 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Sys kT inc.NF, (dBm/Hz) :-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9-169.9 Sys kT inc.NF, (mW/KHz): 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14 1E-14
Implement loss (dB): 33333333
I/(S.BW)?(num) : 2.9E-08 2.9E-08 2.9E-08 2.9E-08 2.9E-08 2.9E-08 2.9E-08 2.9E-08
The irrelevant form of M unit: 22222222
The bit of each code element: the 11111111 frame error speed that require: the frame length (bit) that 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 1.0E-02 Kb/No calculates: 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
The frame length (bit) of actual equivalence: 150 205 205 205 205 205 205 205
Antenna diversity coefficient: 00002233
How through separating diversity factor: 111122 1.33333 1.33333
The Eb/No (dB) that requires: 10.6404 10.6404 21.2716 21.2716 15.9373 15.9373 14.0083 14.0081
1/Eb/NoL (num)?: 0.04325 0.04325 0.00374 0.00374 0.01277 0.01277 0.01992 0.01992
S/I medium sensitivity (dBm) :-100.84-100.84-90.19-90.19-95.54-95.54-97.47-97.47
Sensitivity has only thermal noise (dBm) :-100.84-100.84-90.21-90.21-95.54-95.54-97.47-97.47
The sensitivity loss (dB) that B/I introduces: 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
The sensitivity that requires among the S/I (mH): 8.2E-11 8.2E-11 9.6E-10 9.6E-10 2.8-10 2.8E-10 1.8E-10 1.8E-10
Maximum single number is according to speed (kbps): 350.00 350.00 350.00 350.00 350.00 350.00 350.00 350.00
Maximum single worker's chip rate (kbps): 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350
The sheet of each code element: 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Element duration (μ s): 2.857 2.857 2.857 2.857 2.857 2.857 2.857 2.857
The sheet of each bit: 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
( dB ) : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00FDDA/DS/ ( N+I ) ( dB ) : 13.64 13.64 24.27 24.27 18.94 18.94 17.01 17.01A/DS/N ( dB ) : 13.64 13.64 24.26 24.28 18.94 18.94 17.01 17.01 ( kbps ) : 129.38 168.13 162.50 168.13 162.50 168.13 130.00 134.50 ( kbps ) : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ( kbps ) : 129.38 168.13 162.50 168.13 162.50 168.13 130.00 134.50 ( dB ) : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00A-27FDD/GOS: ( kbps ) : 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 ( kbps ) : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ( kbps ) : 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00
RF channel/sector number: 11111111
The system bandwidth of launching (MHz): 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20
The voice channel maximum number of supporting: 16.4 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 20.0 20.0
Mobile phone percentage among the TSI/HO: 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00 25.00% 25.00%
The erlang of on 1#GOS, supporting: 7.77 14.11 14.11 14.11 14.11 14.11 10.53 10.53
The erlang of on 2#GOS, supporting: 8.60 15.32 15.32 15.32 15.32 15.32 11.53 11.53
Single tandem becomes frame delay (millisecond): 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00
Two tandems become frame delay (millisecond): 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00
Base station duty cycle: 96.07% 96.07% 96.07% 96.07% 96.07% 96.07% 76.86% 76.86%
Mobile phone single time slot Tx duty cycle: 4.46% 4.46% 3.71% 3.71% 3.71% 3.71% 3.71% 3.71%
Calculation of capacity:
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
Mobile phone peak transmitted power (mW): 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8 300.00 300.00 24.8
Mobile phone average transmit power (mW): 11.39 13.39 11.3 11.14 11.14 10.5 11.14 11.14 10.5 11.14 11.14 10.5
Antenna for mobile phone gain (dBd): 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Base station peak transmitted power (mW): 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8 300.00 24.8
Base station average transmit power (mW): 288.21 24.6 288.21 24.6 288.21 24.6 230.57 23.6
Bs antenna gain (dBd): 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 geographic sector area numbers (1 base stations/sectors): 33333333 because the sector loss that causes of antenna overlapping: 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% 15.0% clean subregion capacity gain: 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 RF total number of channels in the position: the 33333333 1#GOS erlang of processing in position: the 19.80 35.98 35.98 35.58 35.98 35.98 26.84 26.84 2#GOS erlang of processing in position: 21.93 39.06 39.06 39.06 39.06 39.06 29.41 29.41 Table As-28
These of the communication technology disclosed herein and other variations and to revise for those skilled in the art will be clearly, and think to fall into category of the present invention and spirit and be in the effective range of appended claims.

Claims (186)

1. the time division duplex communication method on single frequency band between base station and the subscriber station may further comprise the steps:
On assigned frequency band, point to the user message of base station from the subscriber station emission;
Receive described user message in described base station;
Calculate the distance of the described relatively base station of described subscriber station in described base station according to the time that receives described user message in described base station; With
On described assigned frequency band, point to the base station message of described subscriber station from described base station, described base station message comprises regularly adjusts instruction, thus on described assigned frequency band according to this instruction in advance or postpone the timing of pointing to the subsequent message of described base station from described subscriber station.
2. according to the process of claim 1 wherein that at least one described user message and described base station message utilizes spread spectrum emission.
3. according to the process of claim 1 wherein that described subscriber station keeps regularly variable and wherein said timing to adjust the described timing variable of instruction modification so that in advance or postpone described timing.
4. according to the process of claim 1 wherein that described subscriber station keeps the timing parameters of relative fixed benchmark and wherein said timing to adjust the described timing parameters of instruction modification so that in advance or postpone described timing.
5. according to the process of claim 1 wherein that the described step of the distance of calculating the described relatively base station of described subscriber station comprises that calculating described base station message arrives the step that described subscriber station and described user message arrive the propagation delay of described base station.
6. according to the method for claim 1, also be included in described assigned frequency and adjust step to described subscriber station from the relative timing of the subsequent message of described subscriber station by instructing from the follow-up timing adjustment of described base station periodically.
7. according to the process of claim 1 wherein that described user message is that response is launched by the general poll message that the described base station of attempting to communicate by letter with the foundation of described base station sends.
According to the process of claim 1 wherein described subscriber station be in described base station set up communicate by letter in and wherein said user message comprise the control impuls preamble.
9. method according to Claim 8, wherein said control impuls preamble comprises a plurality of cascaded codes.
10. according to the method for claim 9, wherein said control impuls preamble comprises the direct product of minimum peak-side lobe sign indicating number and Bake sign indicating number.
11. according to the process of claim 1 wherein described subscriber station be in described base station set up communicate by letter in and wherein said user message comprise that the business model user is to base station message.
12. the method for the time division duplex communication on the single frequency band between base station and a plurality of subscriber station, wherein said base station during time frame sequentially be in described base station set up communicate by letter in subscriber station communicate, be divided into the time slot of a plurality of equal durations with wherein said time frame, described method comprises step:
On assigned frequency band, give subscriber station during the assigned timeslot in very first time frame from described base station first base station to user message;
During the described assigned timeslot in described very first time frame and on described base station, receiving first user to base station message on the described assigned frequency band from described subscriber station;
Comprise regularly adjustment instruction for described subscriber station, described second base station to user message from described base station second base station to user message during the described assigned timeslot in second time frame of described very first time frame back and on described assigned frequency band; With
During the described assigned timeslot in described second time frame and from described subscriber station, receiving second user to base station message in described base station on the described assigned frequency band, respond described timing adjustment instruction in advance or postpone described second user in time to base station message.
13. method according to claim 12, also comprise step: receiving described first user to the message of base station and before from the arbitrary subsequent base stations of described base station to user message, on described assigned frequency band in described base station from second subscriber station reception control impuls preamble.
14., also comprise step according to the method for claim 13:
In described very first time frame, closely follow during second time slot of the described first time slot back and on described assigned frequency band, comprise for described second subscriber station, described the 3rd base station to user message from described base station the 3rd base station to user message and regularly adjust instruction; With
During described second time slot and on described assigned frequency band, receive the 3rd user to base station message in described base station from described second subscriber station, in time in advance or postpone described the 3rd user to base station message to respond described timing adjustment instruction.
15. according to the method for claim 14, wherein said control impuls preamble comprises spreading code.
16. according to the method for claim 14, wherein said control impuls preamble comprises a plurality of cascaded codes.
17. according to the method for claim 12, wherein described at least first user to base station message, described second user to base station message, described first base station to user message and described second base station to one of user message utilize the spread spectrum emission.
18. according to the method for claim 12, wherein said subscriber station keeps regularly variable and wherein said timing to adjust the described timing variable of instruction modification so that in advance or postpone the timing of described second user to base station message.
19. according to the method for claim 12, wherein said subscriber station keeps the timing parameters of relative fixed benchmark and wherein said timing to adjust the described timing parameters of instruction modification so that in advance or postpone the timing of described second user to base station message.
20., also comprise the step of calculating the described relatively base station distance of described subscriber station according to the method for claim 12.
21. according to the method for claim 20, the described step of wherein calculating the described relatively base station distance of described subscriber station comprises that calculating described first base station to user message arrives described subscriber station and described first user arrive the propagation delay of described base station to base station message step.
22. method according to claim 20, also comprise step: described second user of emission to the message of base station and on described assigned frequency band, receive the control impuls preamble in described base station from described subscriber station, the described step of wherein calculating the described relatively base station distance of described subscriber station comprises that calculating described first base station to user message arrives the step that described subscriber station and described control impuls preamble arrive the propagation delay of described base station.
23. in a kind of system that carries out the time division duplex communication between base station and a plurality of subscriber station on the single frequency band, described system comprises:
A plurality of time frames; With
A plurality of time slots in each described time frame, each described time slot comprises:
The base station message interval can be sent to by the base station to be in described base station on predetermined frequency band every base stations during message during this time and set up subscriber station in communicating by letter;
User message at interval, during this time every during user message can on predetermined frequency band, be transmitted to described base station by being in the described subscriber station of setting up in communicating by letter with described base station;
Wherein said base station is regularly adjusted instruction in message interval period ground, described base station emission and is given to be in described base station and set up described subscriber station in communicating by letter.
24. according to the system of claim 23, one of wherein described at least base station message and described user message utilize the spread spectrum emission.
25. according to the system of claim 23, wherein said subscriber station keeps regularly variable and wherein said timing to adjust the described timing variable of instruction modification so that in advance or postpone the timing of described subscriber station.
26. according to the system of claim 23, wherein said subscriber station keeps the timing parameters of relative fixed benchmark and wherein said timing to adjust the described timing parameters of instruction modification so that in advance or postpone the timing of described subscriber station.
27. according to the system of claim 23, wherein said timing adjustment instruction is the basis that is calculated as with the described relatively base station distance of described subscriber station.
28. according to the system of claim 27, wherein said distance calculation comprises that described base station message arrives the calculating that described subscriber station and described user message arrive the propagation delay of described base station.
29. according to the system of claim 27, wherein said subscriber station be in described base station set up communicate by letter in and wherein said user message comprise that the business model user is to base station message.
30. in a kind of system that carries out time division duplex communication between base station and a plurality of subscriber station on the single frequency band, wherein the base station is sequentially set up the subscriber station of communicating by letter with it with this base station and communicated, described system comprises:
The time frame of a plurality of equal duration; With
A plurality of time slots in each described time frame, each described time slot comprises:
Base station message interval in the initial part of described time slot, during this time every during, or the base station can send to be in during described time slot with described base station to user message and set up subscriber station in communicate by letter by the base station, maybe can launch the general poll message of representing described time slot availability; With
User Part after the described base station message interval in described time slot, during this User Part, perhaps the user can send to described base station by being in the described subscriber station of setting up in communicating by letter with described base station to base station message, perhaps response message can send to described base station by seeking to set up the subscriber station of communicating by letter with described base station, described User Part and described base station message interval are all on identical frequency band
Wherein said base station is regularly adjusted instruction in message interval period ground, described base station emission and is given to be in described base station and set up described subscriber station in communicating by letter.
31. according to the system of claim 30, wherein said User Part comprises preamble at interval, during this time every during, can be by setting up the second subscriber station emission control pulse preamble of communicating by letter with described base station.
32. according to the system of claim 31, wherein said second subscriber station be in immediately following in the communicating by letter of the described base station foundation in the time slot after the time slot that sends the control impuls preamble at second subscriber station.
33. in a kind of method that is used between base station and subscriber station, setting up time division duplex communication on the single frequency band, wherein said base station during time frame sequentially be in the subscriber station of setting up in communicating by letter with described base station and communicate, be divided into a plurality of time slots that equate duration with wherein said time frame, said method comprising the steps of:
On the assigned frequency band and first base station interim emission general poll message of the available time slot in very first time frame;
On described assigned frequency band and the user of described available time slot, interim receive response message from subscriber station;
According to the time that receives described response message in described base station, calculate the distance of the described relatively base station of described subscriber station in described base station; With
On the described assigned frequency band and second base station interim of the described available time slot in second time frame point to described subscriber station transmitting base station message from described base station, described base station message comprises regularly adjusts instruction, thus on described assigned frequency band according to this instruction in advance or postpone the timing of pointing to the subsequent message of described base station from described subscriber station.
34. according to the method for claim 33, wherein said base station and described subscriber station communicate on described assigned frequency band in the described available time slot of follow-up time frame.
35. method according to claim 34, wherein send base station to the user message and wherein said subscriber station that points to described subscriber station and in each described follow-up time frame, send the user of the described base station of sensing to base station message in base station described in each described follow-up time frame.
36. according to the method for claim 35, wherein said base station to user message comprises new timing adjustment instruction periodically.
37. according to the method for claim 35, wherein said subscriber station in each base station to the user message on described assigned frequency band and point to described base station and send the control impuls preamble.
38. according to the method for claim 37, wherein said control impuls preamble comprises a plurality of cascaded codes.
39. according to the method for claim 37, wherein said control impuls preamble comprises the direct product of minimum peak-side lobe sign indicating number and Bake sign indicating number.
40. according to the method for claim 33, wherein described at least general poll message, one of response message and base station message are utilized the spread spectrum emission.
41. according to the method for claim 33, wherein said subscriber station keeps regularly variable and wherein said timing to adjust the described timing variable of instruction modification so that in advance or postpone described timing.
42. according to the method for claim 33, wherein said subscriber station keeps the timing parameters of relative fixed benchmark and wherein said timing to adjust the described timing parameters of instruction modification so that in advance or postpone described timing.
43. according to the method for claim 33, the described step of wherein calculating the described relatively base station distance of described subscriber station comprises that calculating described general poll message arrives the step that described subscriber station and described response message arrive the propagation delay of described base station.
44. in the system of the time division duplex communication that base station and a plurality of subscriber station communicate on single frequency band, described system comprises the time frame in a plurality of cycles, each time frame is divided into a plurality of base station time slots and a plurality of corresponding user time frame, and a kind of method may further comprise the steps:
Launch first user message from subscriber station in user's time slot on frequency band and give the base station;
Receive base station message from described base station on described subscriber station and described frequency band, described base station message comprises regularly adjusts instruction; With
Launch second user message from described subscriber station in user's time slot on described frequency band and give described base station, described second user message shifts to an earlier date or postpones the relative timing that begins according to described user's time slot and instruct to respond described timing adjustment.
45. the frame structure being used for time division duplex communication between base station and a plurality of subscriber station on the single frequency band comprises:
A plurality of time frames; With
A plurality of time slots of each time frame, each time slot comprises base station transmits interval and user's transmission intercal, can on assigned frequency band, give one of a plurality of subscriber stations by transmitting base station to user message in base station transmits interim base station, can on described assigned frequency band, launch the user at one of described subscriber station during user's transmission intercal and give described base station to base station message
First forward link transmissions between the wherein said base station and first subscriber station and first rl transmission are by separating with second subscriber station participation forward direction or reverse link communication.
46. according to the frame structure of claim 45, wherein said first forward link transmissions and described first rl transmission are by being enough to allow the time quantum that described first forward link transmissions is propagated to the forward link destination and described first rl transmission is propagated to the reverse link destination to separate.
47. according to the frame structure of claim 46, wherein said forward link destination is that described first subscriber station and described reverse link destination are described base stations.
48. according to the frame structure of claim 47, also be included in before described first forward link transmissions preamble at interval, during this time every during the control impuls preamble receive from described first subscriber station by described base station.
49. according to the frame structure of claim 46, wherein said forward link destination is that described base station and described reverse link destination are described first subscriber stations.
50. according to the frame structure of claim 45, wherein said base station to user message comprises periodically regularly adjusts instruction, thereby adjusts the relative timing of described user to base station message according to this instruction.
51. the frame structure being used for the time division duplex communication between base station and a plurality of subscriber station on the single frequency band comprises:
A plurality of time frames; With
A plurality of time slots of each time frame, each time slot comprises base station transmits interval and user's transmission intercal, can be on assigned frequency band in base station transmits interim base station transmitting base station to user message give one of a plurality of subscriber stations, one of described subscriber station during user's transmission intercal can on described assigned frequency band, launch the user to base station message to described base station;
Duplex communication between the wherein said base station and first subscriber station is carried out in specific base interval and designated user interval, and described specific base interval and described designated user are separated at interval by the interval, base station or the user of at least one back at interval.
52. frame structure according to claim 51, wherein said specific base interval and described designated user comprise that at interval duplex is right, and the time interval between described specific base interval and the described designated user interval is enough to allow first message to be propagated on the right reverse link of described duplex in the propagation and second message on the right forward link of described duplex.
53. according to the frame structure of claim 51, wherein said base station to user message comprises periodically regularly adjusts instruction, thereby adjusts the relative timing of described user to base station message according to this instruction.
54. in the method that is used for the time division duplex communication between base station and a plurality of subscriber station on the single frequency band, subscriber station communications in communicating by letter is set up with being in described base station in wherein said base station during time frame, be divided into the gap of a plurality of equal durations with wherein said time frame, said method comprising the steps of:
On the assigned frequency band and point to first subscriber station from the base station in very first time of time frame at interval and launch the first base station message;
Receive described base station message at described first subscriber station;
On described assigned frequency band, point to first user message of described base station from the emission of second subscriber station;
Receive described first user message in second time interval at described time frame in described base station;
On the described assigned frequency band and in the 3rd time interval at described time frame from the described base station second base station message;
On described assigned frequency band, point to second user message of described base station from described first subscriber station emission; With
In the 4th time interval of described time frame, receive described second user message in described base station.
55., wherein launch the described first base station message and the time between described second user message of receiving is enough to allow the described first base station message to be transmitted to described first subscriber station from described base station and described second user message is transmitted to described base station from described first subscriber station according to the method for claim 54.
56. according to the method for claim 54, one of wherein described at least first user message, described second user message, the described first base station message and described second base station message are to utilize the spread spectrum emission.
57., further comprising the steps of according to the method for claim 54:
Calculate the distance of the described relatively base station of described first subscriber station in described base station according to the time that receives described second user message in described base station; With
On described assigned frequency band, point to described first subscriber station and launch the 3rd base station message from described base station, described the 3rd base station message comprises regularly adjusts instruction, thereby in advance or postpone the timing of on described assigned frequency band, pointing to the subsequent message of described base station from described first subscriber station.
58., also comprise step: before the described first base station message of emission is given the described step of described first subscriber station, on described assigned frequency band, give described base station from the described first subscriber station emission control pulse preamble according to the method for claim 54.
59. during the time frame between base station on the single frequency band and a plurality of subscriber station the method for time division duplex communication, described time frame is divided into a plurality of time slots that equate duration, said method comprising the steps of:
During first time slot, point to first subscriber station and launch first base station to user message from the base station;
During described first time slot, receive first user to base station message from second subscriber station in described base station;
To the message of base station, receive the control impuls preamble from the 3rd subscriber station described first user in described base station;
During second time slot, point to described the 3rd subscriber station and launch second base station to user message from described base station; With
During described second time slot, receive second user to base station message from described first subscriber station in described base station.
60., also comprise step: to the message of base station, receive the second control impuls preamble from the 4th subscriber station in described base station described second user according to the method for claim 59.
61. method according to claim 59, also comprise step: according to the time that receives described control impuls preamble in described base station, calculate the distance of the described relatively base station of described the 3rd subscriber station in described base station, wherein said second base station to user message comprises regularly adjusts instruction, thereby in advance or postpone the relative timing of pointing to the subsequent message of described base station from described the 3rd subscriber station.
62., further comprising the steps of according to the method for claim 59:
According to receive the time of described second user in described base station, calculate the distance of the described relatively base station of described first subscriber station in described base station to base station message; With
Point to described first subscriber station from described base station and launch the 3rd base station to user message in the follow-up time frame, described the 3rd base station message comprises regularly adjusts instruction, thereby in advance or postpone the timing of pointing to the subsequent message of described base station from described first subscriber station.
63. the method for staggered time division duplex communication between base station on the single frequency band and a plurality of subscriber station may further comprise the steps:
On assigned frequency band, receive the first control impuls preamble from first subscriber station in the base station;
On described assigned frequency band, give described first subscriber station from described base station first base station to user message; With
Be enough to receive first user to the time interval of the duration of base station message from second subscriber station in described base station, from described base station second base station to user message, and receive second user from described first subscriber station to the message of base station at described assigned frequency band in described base station, receive the second control impuls preamble in described base station from the 3rd subscriber station.
64. according to the method for claim 63, wherein said first base station to user message comprises regularly adjusts instruction.
65. according to the method for claim 20, wherein respond described timing adjustment instruction, in advance or postpone by described timing adjustment instruction official hour amount from the subsequent message of described first subscriber station emission.
66. according to the method for claim 63, wherein at least one described first base station utilizes spread spectrum to encode to user message and described second user to base station message.
67. a staggered time division duplex frame structure, wherein the base station on single frequency band with a plurality of subscriber station communications, comprising:
A plurality of time frames; With
A plurality of time slots in each time frame, each described time slot comprises:
The base station message interval can send to first subscriber station of communicating by letter with the foundation of described base station by the base station every base stations during to user message during this time on predetermined frequency band;
User message at interval, during this time every during the user can receive from setting up second subscriber station of communicating by letter in described base station on the described predetermined frequency band to base station message with described base station; With
Preamble at interval, during this time every during the control impuls preamble can on described predetermined frequency band, receive from setting up the 3rd subscriber station of communicating by letter with described base station, thereby described base station can respond described the 3rd subscriber station in time slot following closely.
68. according to the staggered time division duplex frame structure of claim 67, wherein said base station to user message comprises regularly adjusts instruction.
69. according to the staggered time division duplex frame structure of claim 68, wherein respond described timing adjustment instruction, in advance or postpone by described timing adjustment instruction official hour amount from the subsequent message of described first subscriber station emission.
70. according to the staggered time division duplex frame structure of claim 67, wherein described at least base station utilizes the spread spectrum coding to user message and described user to one of base station message.
71. a kind of system carry out time division duplex communication on the single frequency band between base station and a plurality of subscriber station comprises:
A plurality of time frames; With
A plurality of time slots in each described time frame, each described time slot comprises:
The base station at interval, during this time every during or base station to user message can send to by the base station during described time slot and set up first subscriber station of communicating by letter with described base station, perhaps general poll message can be represented the availability of described time slot by described base station;
The user at interval, during this time every during or the user can receive from setting up second subscriber station of communicate by letter in described base station to base station message with described base station, or response message can receive from the 3rd subscriber station of seeking to communicate by letter with the foundation of described base station in described base station; With
Preamble at interval, during this time every during the control impuls preamble can receive from setting up the 4th subscriber station of communicating by letter with described base station, thereby described base station can respond the 4th subscriber station in time slot following closely.
72. according to the system of claim 71, wherein said base station occupies the initial part of time slot at interval, and described user occupies the back part of described time slot at interval.
73. according to the system of claim 71, wherein said base station to user message comprises the timing adjustment instruction of pointing to described first subscriber station.
74. according to the system of claim 73, wherein respond described timing adjustment instruction, in advance or postpone by described timing adjustment instruction official hour amount from the subsequent message of described first subscriber station emission.
75. according to the system of claim 71, wherein described at least base station utilizes the spread spectrum coding to user message and described user to one of base station message.
76. according to the system of claim 71, wherein respond in described base station and receive described response message from described the 3rd subscriber station, described base station is pointed to described the 3rd subscriber station emission and is regularly adjusted instruction.
77. on single frequency band between base station and a plurality of subscriber station in the system of time division duplex communication, the subscriber station communications of communicating by letter is set up in wherein said base station during time frame with described base station, be divided into the time slot of a plurality of equal durations with wherein said time frame, a kind of method may further comprise the steps:
From the base station, receiving the first base station message of pointing to described first subscriber station at first subscriber station on the assigned frequency band and in the very first time interval at time frame;
Wait for that described base station is receiving first user message that points to described base station from second subscriber station on the described assigned frequency band and in second time interval at described time frame;
Wait for described base station on described assigned frequency band and in the 3rd time interval of described time frame from described base station the emission the second base station message;
On the described assigned frequency band and in the 4th time interval at described time frame, point to second user message of described base station from described first subscriber station emission.
78. method for communicating between base station and a plurality of subscriber station may further comprise the steps:
On the assigned frequency band and during the initial part at time frame, to user message, each described base station is to the corresponding different base station time slot of user message from a plurality of base stations at base station directed towards user station;
On the described assigned frequency band and during the back part at described time frame, in described base station from described subscriber station receive point to described base station a plurality of users to base station message, each described user is to the corresponding different user's time slot of base station message; With
On described predetermined band and in follow-up time image duration, regularly adjust instruction from described base station and give at least one described subscriber station, thus from least one subsequent user of described subscriber station to base station message in advance or postpone in time by described timing adjustment instruction official hour amount.
79. according to the method for claim 78, wherein described at least base station utilizes the spread spectrum emission to user message and described user to one of base station message.
80., further comprising the steps of according to the method for claim 78:
Signal from described base station identification available subscribers time slot;
On the described assigned frequency band and during described available subscribers time slot, from the subscriber station of seeking to communicate by letter, receive response message with the foundation of described base station;
On described assigned frequency band, regularly adjust instruction from described base station second and give and seek to set up the described subscriber station of communicate by letter with described base station, thus from least one subsequent user of seeking to set up the described subscriber station of communicate by letter with described base station to base station message in advance or postpone by described second regularly adjustment instruct the official hour amount.
81. 0 method according to Claim 8, wherein said response message is launched from seeking to set up the described subscriber station of communicating by letter with described base station in described available subscribers time slot after the cycle at predetermined delay.
82. 0 method according to Claim 8, wherein said response message are utilized the spread spectrum emission.
83. 0 method according to Claim 8, the length of wherein said response message is such: before beginning immediately following second user's time slot described available subscribers time slot after, it will be fully by the reception of described base station.
84. according to the method for claim 78, wherein protection frequency band and next user's time slot of each user's time slot utilization shortening separate.
85. 4 method according to Claim 8, the protection frequency band of wherein said shortening have less than the duration with respect to whole round-trip propagation delay time of the mesh radius at place, described base station.
86. in adopting the communication system of time division multiplexing, between base station and subscriber station, set up a kind of method of communicating by letter, may further comprise the steps:
On the special frequency band and during the initial part at time frame, emission is pointed to described base station and is before set up a plurality of base stations of the subscriber station of communicating by letter with it to user message from the base station, described initial part comprises a plurality of base station time slots, wherein each described base station is to the corresponding different base station time slot of user message, and at least one described base station time slot can be used for communication;
During the user's time slot on the described special frequency band and in the User Part at described time frame, from seeking to set up the response message that described base station is pointed in the subscriber station emission of communicating by letter with described base station, described user's time slot and described available base stations time slot are paired;
Receive described response message in described base station;
Also therefrom deriving timing adjustment in described base station according to the relative time calculating propagation delay that receives described response message instructs;
On described special frequency band and in follow-up time image duration, regularly adjust instruction from described base station and give described subscriber station;
Respond described timing adjustment instruction, subsequent user that will be from described subscriber station to described base station to the relative timing of base station message in advance or postpone quantity by described timing adjustment instruction regulation.
87. 6 method according to Claim 8, wherein said response message predetermined delay after the cycle in described user's time slot from described subscriber station emission.
88. 6 method according to Claim 8, wherein one or more described base stations utilize the spread spectrum emission to user message and described user to base station message.
89. 6 method according to Claim 8, wherein said response message are utilized the spread spectrum emission.
90. 6 method according to Claim 8, wherein said response message length is such: it will be received fully by described base station before will beginning at user's time slot following closely.
91. a communication system comprises:
The time frame of a plurality of equal durations, each described time frame comprise base station transmits part, aggregate protection part and user's hop, and described aggregate protection part is between described base station transmits part and described user's hop;
A plurality of base station time slots in the described base station transmits part can be launched the base station of one of a plurality of subscriber stations of sensing to user message at each base station time slot base stations during;
A plurality of user's time slots in described user's hop, the user that a corresponding described subscriber station can be launched the described base station of sensing during each user's time slot is to base station message, and described user's time slot is separated by the protection frequency band that shortens;
At least one described subscriber station of wherein said base station commands in advance or postpone its separately the user to propagation delay time that the relative timing of base station message is calculated with response.
92., wherein seek to set up new subscriber station emission response message during described aggregate protection part of communicating by letter and give described base station with described base station according to the system of claim 91.
93. according to the system of claim 92, wherein said base station is launched regularly adjustment instruction and is given described new subscriber station according to the new subscriber station propagation delay of the described new subscriber station of Time Calculation that receives described response message and during an available described base station time slot.
94. according to the system of claim 92, the length of wherein said response message is such: it was received before described aggregate protection partly finishes fully by described base station.
95., wherein seek to set up the new subscriber station of communicating by letter and during available described user's time slot, launch response message to described base station with described base station according to the system of claim 91.
96. system according to claim 95, wherein said base station is according to the new subscriber station propagation delay of the described new subscriber station of Time Calculation that receives described response message, and described new subscriber station is given in emission timing adjustment instruction during a described base station time slot of the described available subscribers time slot of correspondence.
97. according to the system of claim 95, the length of wherein said response message is such: it will be received before following closely user's time slot begins fully by described base station.
98. according to the system of claim 95, wherein said available subscribers time slot is first user's time slot.
99. according to the system of claim 91, wherein one or more described base stations utilize the spread spectrum emission to user message and described user to base station message.
100. according to the system of claim 91, the protection frequency band of wherein said shortening has the duration less than the whole round-trip propagation delay time of the mesh radius at place, described relatively base station.
101. be used for may further comprise the steps in the time division multiplexing method for communicating of carrying out on the single frequency band between base station and a plurality of subscriber station:
During the base station portion of time frame on assigned frequency band the transmitting base station pulse train, described base station pulse train comprises a plurality of time intervals of respective base station time slot, wherein or the base station to user message or general poll message in each described base station time slot emission, described base station to user message is to launch at the base station time slot that is used for communicating by letter with subscriber station foundation, and described general poll message is to launch in the base station time slot that can be used for communicating by letter;
During the User Part of described time frame and in user's time slot, receiving the user be used for setting up user's time slot of communicate by letter on the described assigned frequency band, and receive response message in user's time slot that new subscriber station just attempting communicating by letter with the foundation of described base station to base station message with described base station; With
On described assigned frequency band, launch periodically and regularly adjust instruction and give at least one described subscriber station from described base station, thus from the subsequent user of described subscriber station to base station message in advance or postpone quantity in time by described timing adjustment instruction regulation.
102., also comprise step: on described assigned frequency band, set up at least one described subscriber station of communicating by letter to attempting with described base station from the initial regularly adjustment of described base station instruction according to the method for claim 25.
103. according to the method for claim 101, wherein staggered described base station time slot.
104. according to the method for claim 101, wherein not staggered described base station time slot.
105. be used for the system that time division multiplexing is communicated by letter between base station and a plurality of subscriber stations on the single frequency band, comprising:
The time frame of a plurality of equal durations;
Base station transmits part in each described time frame;
A plurality of base station time slots in the described base station transmits part, during this base station time slot or the base station can send to described base station by the base station to user message and set up the subscriber station of communicating by letter, or general poll message can be represented the availability of described base station time slot by described base station;
User's hop in each described time frame different with described base station transmits part; With
A plurality of user's time slots in described user's hop, the corresponding described base station time slot of each user's time slot, during user's time slot or the user can send to described base station by setting up the subscriber station of communicating by letter to base station message with described base station, or response message can send to described base station by seeking to set up the subscriber station of communicating by letter with described base station, and described user's hop and described base station transmits partly are positioned on the identical frequency band;
Instruction is regularly adjusted to setting up the described subscriber station of communicating by letter with described base station in the emission of described base station time slot period ground in wherein said base station.
106. according to the system of claim 105, the initial regularly adjustment of wherein said base station instruction is given and is attempted setting up at least one described subscriber station of communicating by letter with described base station, receives response message to respond from described subscriber station.
107. according to the system of claim 105, wherein staggered described base station time slot.
108. according to the system of claim 105, wherein not staggered described base station time slot.
109. method for communicating between base station and a plurality of subscriber station may further comprise the steps:
On the specific frequency band and during the base station portion at time frame, comprise the base station pulse train of a plurality of base stations at directed towards user station to user message from base station;
On the described special frequency band and during the User Part at described time frame, in described base station from described subscriber station receive point to described base station a plurality of users to base station message, each described user is to the corresponding different user's time slot of base station message;
On described special frequency band and in follow-up time image duration, regularly adjust instruction from described base station and give at least one described subscriber station, thus from the subsequent user of described subscriber station to base station message in advance or postpone quantity in time by described timing adjustment instruction regulation.
110. according to the method for claim 109, wherein staggered described base station is to user message.
111. according to the method for claim 110, wherein said base station pulse train comprises a plurality of groupings, each grouping comprises a plurality of minutes message, and each described base station to user message comprises at least one the described minute message from a plurality of described groupings.
112. according to the method for claim 111, wherein each described base station to user message just in time comprises a branch message from each described grouping.
113. according to the method for claim 111, wherein at least one the described minute message front in each described grouping is a preamble.
114. according to the method for claim 113, wherein all the described minute message fronts in each described grouping are preambles.
115. according to the method for claim 113, wherein said preamble comprises spreading code.
116. according to the method for claim 110, wherein said subscriber station adopts forward error correction.
117. according to the method for claim 116, wherein said forward error correction comprises the Reed-Solomon coding techniques.
118. be used for the system that time division multiplexing is communicated by letter between base station and a plurality of subscriber stations on the single frequency band, comprising:
The time frame of a plurality of equal durations;
Base station transmits part in each described time frame, described base station transmits partly comprises a plurality of transmission time slots;
A plurality of minutes message in each described transmission time slot are wherein pointed to described base station by the base station from one or more minutes message of a plurality of described transmission time slots and are set up the same subscriber station of communicating by letter; With
User's hop in each described time frame, described user's hop comprises a plurality of user's time slots, receives the user the subscriber station of communicating by letter to base station message from setting up with described base station during user's time slot;
Instruction is regularly adjusted to setting up the described subscriber station of communicating by letter with described base station in the emission of described base station transmits part period ground in wherein said base station.
119. according to the system of claim 118, the subscriber station that wherein receives described timing adjustment instruction is with its timing advance or postpone quantity by described timing adjustment instruction defined.
120. according to the system of claim 118, wherein from the same subscriber station of just what a branch message directs in each described transmission time slot.
121. according to the system of claim 118, wherein at least one described minute message front is a preamble in each described transmission time slot.
122. according to the system of claim 121, wherein all described minute message fronts are preambles in each described transmission time slot.
123. according to the system of claim 121, wherein said preamble comprises spreading code.
124. according to the system of claim 121, wherein said subscriber station adopts forward error correction.
125. according to the system of claim 121, wherein said forward error correction comprises the Reed-Solomon coding techniques.
126., wherein seek to set up the subscriber station of communicating by letter and in available described user's time slot, launch the message that shortens with described base station according to the system of claim 121.
127. according to the system of claim 126, wherein response receives the message of described shortening, the initial regularly adjustment of described base station instruction is given and is sought to set up the described subscriber station of communication.
128. according to the system of claim 118, wherein said user's time slot is separated by the protection frequency band that shortens.
129. the method being used for duplex communication between base station and the subscriber station on a plurality of frequency bands may further comprise the steps:
On first frequency band from subscriber station emission control pulse preamble;
On the base station, receive described control impuls preamble in first preamble interim;
On second frequency band and during the message interval of base station, give described subscriber station from described base station base station to user message;
Receive described base station to user message at described subscriber station;
On described first frequency band, launch the user to base station message from described subscriber station; With
In user message interim, receive described user to base station message in described base station.
130., also comprise step: before the described step of the described control impuls preamble of emission, on described second frequency band, give described subscriber station from a plurality of preamble pulse trains of described base station according to the method for claim 129.
131. according to the method for claim 130, wherein said preamble pulse train quantitatively is 3.
132. according to the method for claim 130, wherein the quantity of preamble pulse train equal the used antenna amount in described base station and wherein said method further comprising the steps of:
Measure the relative received signal quality of described preamble pulse train at described subscriber station;
To the base station message part, launch the indication of described relative received signal quality as described user from described subscriber station; With
Respond described relative received signal quality, be used for subsequent message to described subscriber station at described base station selected one or more described antennas.
133. according to the method for claim 129, wherein said base station to user message comprises the timing adjustment instruction of pointing to described subscriber station.
134. according to the method for claim 133, wherein respond described timing adjustment instruction, in advance or postpone by described timing adjustment instruction official hour amount from the subsequent message of described subscriber station emission.
135. according to the method for claim 129, wherein described at least base station utilizes the spread spectrum coding to user message and user to one of base station message.
136. according to the method for claim 129, wherein said base station can be with spread spectrum or narrow band mode emission.
137. according to the method for claim 129, wherein said control impuls preamble comprises spreading code.
138. according to the method for claim 129, wherein said control impuls preamble comprises a plurality of cascaded codes.
139. according to the method for claim 138, wherein said control impuls preamble comprises the direct product of minimum peak-side lobe sign indicating number and Bake sign indicating number.
140. method for communicating between base station on a plurality of frequency bands and a plurality of subscriber station may further comprise the steps:
During first time slot and on the base station transmits frequency band, give first subscriber station from base station first base station to user message;
Receive described first base station to user message at described first subscriber station;
On user's transmission band, give described base station from the second subscriber station emission control pulse preamble;
During described first time slot, receive described control impuls preamble in described base station;
During second time slot and on described base station transmits frequency band, give described second subscriber station from described base station second base station to user message;
Receive described second base station to user message at described second subscriber station;
On described user's transmission band, give described base station from described first subscriber station emission user to base station message; With
During described second time slot, receive the user to base station message in described base station.
141., further comprising the steps of according to the method for claim 140:
On described user's transmission band, launch second user and give described base station to base station message from described second subscriber station; With
During the 3rd time slot, receive described second user to base station message in described base station.
142., further comprising the steps of according to the method for claim 141:
On described user's transmission band, launch the second control impuls preamble and give described base station from the 3rd subscriber station;
During described second time slot, receive the described second control impuls preamble in described base station;
Giving described the 3rd subscriber station during described the 3rd time slot and on described base station transmits frequency band from described base station the 3rd base station to user message;
Receive described the 3rd base station to user message at described the 3rd subscriber station;
On described user's transmission band, launch the 3rd user and give described base station to base station message from described the 3rd subscriber station; With
During the 4th time slot, receive described the 3rd user to base station message in described base station.
143. according to the method for claim 140, wherein said second base station to user message comprises regularly adjusts instruction.
144. according to the method for claim 143, wherein be the described timing adjustment of response instruction, the subsequent message that is transmitted to described base station from described second subscriber station in advance or postpone by described timing adjustment instruction official hour amount.
145. according to the method for claim 140, wherein described at least first base station to user message, described second base station to user message and described user utilize the spread spectrum coding to one of base station message.
146., also comprise step: before the described step of the described control impuls preamble of emission, on described base station transmits frequency band, give described first subscriber station from a plurality of preamble pulse trains of described base station according to the method for claim 140.
147. according to the method for claim 140, wherein said second time slot is closelyed follow in the described first time slot back.
148., be offset described user's transmission band in time with respect to described base station transmits frequency band comprising the relative datum mark that begins of each time slot of described first time slot and described second time slot according to the method for claim 140.
149. according to the method for claim 148, wherein said skew has enough durations and is transmitted to described base station from described first subscriber station to allow described first base station to user message to be transmitted to described first subscriber station and described user from described base station to base station message.
150. according to the method for claim 140, wherein said base station can be launched in spread spectrum or narrow band mode.
151. a kind of frame structure being used on a plurality of frequency bands communicating by letter between base station and a plurality of subscriber stations comprises:
A plurality of time frames; With
A plurality of time slots in each described time frame, each described time slot comprises:
The base station at interval, during this time every during, first subscriber station of communicating by letter with the foundation of described base station can given by base station on first frequency band to user message in the base station during described time slot, perhaps general poll message can be launched on described first frequency band, represents the availability of described time slot;
The user at interval, during this time every during, the user can receive from setting up second subscriber station of communicating by letter with described base station in described base station on second frequency band that to base station message perhaps response message can received from the 3rd subscriber station of seeking to communicate by letter with the foundation of described base station in described base station on described second frequency band; With
Preamble at interval, during this time every during, the control impuls preamble can be received from setting up the 4th subscriber station of communicate by letter with described base station on described second frequency band, thus described the 4th subscriber station can afterwards replied in the time slot in described base station.
152. according to the frame structure of claim 151, wherein said base station to user message comprises the timing adjustment instruction of pointing to described first subscriber station.
153. according to the frame structure of claim 151, wherein described at least base station utilizes the spread spectrum coding to user message and described user to one of base station message.
154. according to the frame structure of claim 151, wherein respond on described base station and receive described response message from described the 3rd subscriber station, described base station is pointed to the timing adjustment instruction of described the 3rd subscriber station.
155. according to the frame structure of claim 151, measure less than the scheduled time of whole time slot duration at interval the described base station of wherein said user's spacing bias.
156. according to the frame structure of claim 151, wherein said user is overlapping basically at interval with described base station at interval.
157. according to the frame structure of claim 151, wherein said base station can be launched in spread spectrum or narrow band mode.
158. be used for carrying out a kind of staggered air interface frame structure of communicating by letter with the time division multiplexing between a plurality of subscriber stations in the base station on a plurality of frequency bands, comprise:
A plurality of time frames during each time frame, can launch on first assigned frequency band according to the predetermined protocol base station, and subscriber station can be launched on second assigned frequency band;
A plurality of time slots in each described time frame, each time slot have the base station portion of corresponding described first assigned frequency band and the subscriber station part of corresponding described second assigned frequency band;
Wherein said base station portion comprises base station message interval and base station preamble at interval.Described base station can be launched first base station to user message and given first subscriber station in response to having received the first control impuls preamble in the time slot of tight front during the message interval of base station, give second subscriber station and can launch at least one preamble pulse train, thereby described second subscriber station can be replied described at least one preamble pulse train in one time slot of back in base station preamble described base station of interim; With
Wherein said subscriber station partly comprises user message interval and control impuls preamble at interval, can launch the user at user message interim the 3rd subscriber station and receive that second base station is to user message in response to the time slot of tight front to base station message, and in control impuls preamble interim, the 4th subscriber station can be given described base station by emission control pulse preamble, thereby described control impuls preamble can be replied in described base station in one time slot of described back.
159. according to the staggered air interface frame structure of claim 158, wherein said subscriber station part and the scheduled time amount of described base station portion skew less than whole time slot duration.
160. according to the staggered air interface frame structure of claim 158, wherein said base station to user message comprises the timing adjustment instruction of pointing to described first subscriber station.
161. according to the staggered air interface frame structure of claim 158, wherein described at least base station utilizes the spread spectrum coding to user message and user to base station message.
162. according to the staggered air interface frame structure of claim 158, wherein said base station can be launched in spread spectrum or narrow band mode.
163. according to the staggered air interface frame structure of claim 158, wherein said control impuls preamble is cascade.
164. be used for the staggered Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) frame structure of communicating by letter between base station and a plurality of users, comprise:
A plurality of time frames; With
A plurality of time slots in each described time frame, each described time slot comprises base station portion and subscriber station part, wherein duplex is to partly being made up of first subscriber station in second time slot of first base station portion in first time slot and the described first time slot back,
Thereby the base station is in that transmitting base station is to user message during described first base station portion on first assigned frequency band, and described base station is receiving the user to base station message from subscriber station on second assigned frequency band during described first subscriber station part; With
Wherein for each time slot, described subscriber station part and described base station portion are offset predetermined amount of time.
165. staggered Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) frame structure according to claim 164, wherein said scheduled time measurer has enough durations, to allow described base station to be transmitted to user message from described base station that described first subscriber station and described user are transmitted to described base station to base station message from described first subscriber station so that described first subscriber station part, receive.
166. according to the staggered Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) frame structure of claim 164, wherein said base station to user message comprises the timing adjustment instruction of pointing to described subscriber station.
167. according to the staggered Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) frame structure of claim 164, wherein described at least base station utilizes the spread spectrum coding to user message and described user to base station message.
168. according to the staggered Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) frame structure of claim 164, wherein said base station can be launched in spread spectrum or narrow band mode.
169. staggered Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) frame structure according to claim 164, also comprise the preamble interval in each time slot, during this time every during, described base station on described second assigned frequency band with set up subscriber station reciprocal exchange of business message communicate by letter before the control impuls of subscriber station reception from then on preamble.
170. staggered Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) frame structure according to claim 169, also comprise a plurality of preamble impulse-train pauses in each time slot, during this time every during, the described base station subscriber station that a plurality of preambles of emission communicate by letter for foundation on described first assigned frequency band before receiving described control impuls preamble is at preamble of each preamble impulse-train pause emission.
171. according to the staggered Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) frame structure of claim 170, wherein said preamble impulse-train pause data are 3.
172. staggered Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) frame structure according to claim 170, wherein preamble impulse-train pause quantity equals the employed antenna number in described base station, measure the relative received signal quality of described preamble pulse train with wherein said subscriber station, and give described base station as the indication that described user launches described relative received signal quality to base station message.
173. according to the staggered Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) frame structure of claim 172, wherein said base station is that the described relative received signal quality of response is selected the one or more described antenna to the subsequent message of described subscriber station.
174. a kind of frame structure being used for duplex communication between base station and a plurality of subscriber station on a plurality of frequency bands comprises:
A plurality of time frames; With
A plurality of time slots of each time frame, each time slot comprises base station transmits interval and user's transmission intercal, can on first assigned frequency band, give first subscriber station of setting up a plurality of subscriber stations of communicating by letter with described base station to user message by transmitting base station in base station transmits interim base station, and can on second assigned frequency band, from second described subscriber station, receive the user to base station message in described base station during user's transmission intercal
Wherein the described user's transmission intercal in each time slot begins described relatively base station transmits and begins to be offset scheduled time amount at interval.
175. frame structure according to claim 174, comprise the forward link transmissions that duplex is right wherein for described base station to the user message of described first subscriber station, and the rl transmission from described first subscriber station to described base station is immediately following occurring the time slot of described forward link transmissions back.
176. frame structure according to claim 175, wherein said forward link transmissions and described rl transmission are separated by a time quantum, this time quantum is enough to allow described forward link transmissions to be transmitted to described first subscriber station and described rl transmission is transmitted to described base station, receives simultaneously and transmit and need not described first subscriber station.
177. according to the frame structure of claim 175, the preamble that also is included in the described first forward link transmissions front at interval, during this time every during the control impuls preamble on described second assigned frequency band, from described first subscriber station, receive by described base station.
178. according to the frame structure of claim 175, wherein said base station to user message comprises regularly adjusts instruction, thereby adjusts the relative timing of described rl transmission.
179. a kind of method of communicating by letter between base station on a plurality of frequency bands and a plurality of subscriber stations may further comprise the steps:
In the interim very first time and on the base station transmits frequency band, give first subscriber station from base station first base station to user message;
Receive described first base station to user message at described first subscriber station;
On user's transmission band, give described base station from the second subscriber station emission control pulse preamble;
During second time interval, receive described control impuls preamble in described base station;
Giving described second subscriber station during the 3rd time interval and on described base station transmits frequency band from described base station second base station to user message;
Receive described second base station to user message at described second subscriber station;
On described user's transmission band, give described base station from described first subscriber station emission user to base station message; With
During the 4th time interval, receive described user to base station message in described base station.
180. according to the method for claim 179, the wherein said very first time interval and described second time interval take first time slot, and described the 3rd time interval and described the 4th time interval take second time slot.
181. according to the method for claim 180, wherein said second time slot is closelyed follow in the described first time slot back.
182. according to the method for claim 180, wherein said the 3rd time interval and described the 4th time interval overlap at least.
183. it is, further comprising the steps of according to the method for claim 179;
On described user's transmission band, launch second user from described second subscriber station and give described base station to base station message; With
During the 5th time interval, receive described second user to base station message in described base station.
184. according to the method for claim 179, wherein said second base station to user message comprises regularly adjusts instruction.
185. according to the method for claim 184, wherein respond described timing adjustment instruction, the subsequent message that is transmitted to described base station from described second subscriber station in advance or postpone by described timing adjustment instruction official hour amount.
186., may further comprise the steps in the method for duplex communication between base station and the subscriber station on a plurality of frequency bands:
On first frequency band, give the base station from subscriber station emission control pulse preamble;
On second frequency band, receive the base station to user message from described base station at described subscriber station; With
On described first frequency band, give described base station from described subscriber station emission user to base station message.
CN96195933A 1995-06-05 1996-05-28 Timing adjustment control for efficient time division duplex communication Expired - Fee Related CN1101088C (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08/464,285 1995-06-05
US08/465,555 US5802046A (en) 1995-06-05 1995-06-05 Efficient time division duplex communication system with interleaved format and timing adjustment control
US08/465,137 US5745484A (en) 1995-06-05 1995-06-05 Efficient communication system using time division multiplexing and timing adjustment control
US08/465,555 1995-06-05
US08/465,137 1995-06-05
US08/463,220 1995-06-05
US08/463,220 US5689502A (en) 1995-06-05 1995-06-05 Efficient frequency division duplex communication system with interleaved format and timing adjustment control
US08/464,285 US5959980A (en) 1995-06-05 1995-06-05 Timing adjustment control for efficient time division duplex communication

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN1192300A true CN1192300A (en) 1998-09-02
CN1101088C CN1101088C (en) 2003-02-05

Family

ID=27504086

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN96195933A Expired - Fee Related CN1101088C (en) 1995-06-05 1996-05-28 Timing adjustment control for efficient time division duplex communication

Country Status (9)

Country Link
EP (1) EP0873593A4 (en)
JP (1) JP3455227B2 (en)
CN (1) CN1101088C (en)
AR (1) AR002311A1 (en)
AU (1) AU6025796A (en)
BR (1) BR9608548A (en)
CA (1) CA2223321A1 (en)
IL (1) IL118447A (en)
WO (1) WO1996039749A1 (en)

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1322692C (en) * 1999-11-03 2007-06-20 西门子信息通讯网络公司 Method for equalizing propagation delays and optimizing power level in radio communication system
CN100382461C (en) * 2002-01-22 2008-04-16 Ipr特许公司 Overhead reduction in a communications system
CN100456727C (en) * 2003-05-16 2009-01-28 松下电器产业株式会社 Medium access control in master-slave systems
CN101496304A (en) * 2006-08-09 2009-07-29 艾利森电话股份有限公司 Propagation delay based transmit power control
CN101039154B (en) * 2006-03-15 2010-08-25 联芯科技有限公司 Method for obtaining transceiver channel transmission time of user terminal
CN101940049A (en) * 2008-02-07 2011-01-05 高通股份有限公司 Reach the asynchronous interference management synchronously
CN101053166B (en) * 2005-01-05 2011-04-20 Sk电信有限公司 Dual band/dual mode mobile communication terminal and control method thereof
CN102084614A (en) * 2008-06-24 2011-06-01 Lgc无线公司 Method and apparatus for frame detection in a communications system
CN101335977B (en) * 2007-06-26 2011-07-06 华为技术有限公司 Distance measuring signal transmitting method, system and apparatus in OFDM system
CN101312582B (en) * 2007-05-25 2011-09-21 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for dynamic controlling service time slot on the basis of cell load
CN102415194A (en) * 2009-03-03 2012-04-11 Adc长途电讯有限公司 Range extension for time division duplex systems
CN101455012B (en) * 2006-02-09 2013-03-06 鹰河控股有限公司 System and method for communication utilizing time division duplexing
US8483620B2 (en) 2008-02-07 2013-07-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Asynchronous interference management
CN103228038A (en) * 2008-06-02 2013-07-31 富士通株式会社 Timing adjustment method, mobile station, base station and mobile communication system
CN104756408A (en) * 2012-10-18 2015-07-01 三菱电机株式会社 Communication terminal, communication method, program, and communication system
CN110168971A (en) * 2017-06-28 2019-08-23 宝马股份公司 For verifying the method for the function of time of host and client in the network of vehicle, computer-readable medium, system and including the vehicle of system

Families Citing this family (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FI105371B (en) 1996-12-31 2000-07-31 Nokia Networks Oy A radio system and methods for establishing two-way radio communication
US5995512A (en) * 1997-01-17 1999-11-30 Delco Electronics Corporation High speed multimedia data network
FI106837B (en) * 1997-12-05 2001-04-12 Nokia Networks Oy Broadcasting procedure and radio system
EP0938193A1 (en) * 1998-02-18 1999-08-25 Sony International (Europe) GmbH Header structure for TDD systems
DE19836888A1 (en) * 1998-08-14 2000-02-24 Krone Ag Method and device for a duplex capable radio transmission system with code division multiple access synchronizes with TDD operations, a control centre radio base station and numerous subscriber stations independent of each other.
US7142584B1 (en) 1998-09-08 2006-11-28 Siemens Ag Synchronizing a bash station and a mobile station
ES2233356T3 (en) * 1999-04-29 2005-06-16 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft PROCEDURE TO ESTABLISH OR DETERMINE A SIGNAL SEQUENCE, PROCEDURE FOR SYNCHRONIZATION, BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION.
AU4985701A (en) 2000-04-06 2001-10-23 Interdigital Tech Corp Synchronization of timing advance and deviation
GB2370189B (en) * 2000-12-13 2002-11-27 Ericsson Telefon Ab L M Radio link monitoring in a telecommunications network
JP3644503B2 (en) 2002-10-01 2005-04-27 日本電気株式会社 Wireless terminal and end-to-end delay control method and program
JP4814324B2 (en) * 2005-08-09 2011-11-16 ミツビシ・エレクトリック・リサーチ・ラボラトリーズ・インコーポレイテッド Device, method and protocol for concealed UWB ranging
US8064414B2 (en) 2005-12-13 2011-11-22 Qualcomm, Incorporated Range extension techniques for a wireless local area network
US7719994B2 (en) * 2006-04-26 2010-05-18 Honeywell International Inc. Sub-frame synchronized ranging
WO2008084967A1 (en) 2007-01-08 2008-07-17 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Method for location determinating
WO2008103089A1 (en) * 2007-02-22 2008-08-28 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) A method and a device for reduced interference in a cellular access system
JP4386108B2 (en) 2007-07-11 2009-12-16 日本電気株式会社 Time division multiplexing system and transmission timing control method thereof
FR2942097A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-08-13 Thomson Licensing TRANSMITTING METHOD IN A WIRELESS NETWORK AND CORRESPONDING RECEIVING METHOD
US11395296B2 (en) 2020-02-12 2022-07-19 Apple Inc. Transmission delay compensation for intra-frequency band communication

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4222115A (en) * 1978-03-13 1980-09-09 Purdue Research Foundation Spread spectrum apparatus for cellular mobile communication systems
US4460992A (en) * 1982-11-04 1984-07-17 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army Orthogonal CDMA system utilizing direct sequence pseudo noise codes
CA1259430A (en) * 1985-07-19 1989-09-12 Fumio Akashi Multipoint communication system having polling and reservation schemes
JP2778967B2 (en) * 1987-05-06 1998-07-23 ブリテツシユ・テレコミユニケイシヨンズ・パブリツク・リミテツド・カンパニー Control of optical system
JPH07110075B2 (en) * 1989-07-13 1995-11-22 日本電気株式会社 Cordless telephone system
FI86236C (en) * 1990-09-05 1992-07-27 Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd TIDSANPASSNINGSLOGIK FOER MOBILTELEFON I GSM-SYSTEMET.
US5164958A (en) * 1991-05-22 1992-11-17 Cylink Corporation Spread spectrum cellular handoff method
ES2099228T3 (en) * 1992-01-31 1997-05-16 Cit Alcatel PROCEDURE TO DETERMINE THE PROPAGATION TIME BETWEEN THE DISTANT TERMINAL STATION AND THE CENTRAL TERMINAL STATION IN A POINT-MULTI-POINT TYPE BIDIRECTIONAL TRANSMISSION NETWORK.
DE4304095B4 (en) * 1993-02-11 2005-08-25 Philips Intellectual Property & Standards Gmbh mobile system
US5509035A (en) * 1993-04-14 1996-04-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Mobile station operating in an analog mode and for subsequent handoff to another system
US5313489A (en) * 1993-06-25 1994-05-17 Motorola, Inc. Signal processing in communication systems
US5528597A (en) * 1994-04-18 1996-06-18 At&T Corp. Autonomous synchronization of base stations in a digital wireless radiotelephone network

Cited By (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1322692C (en) * 1999-11-03 2007-06-20 西门子信息通讯网络公司 Method for equalizing propagation delays and optimizing power level in radio communication system
US8320298B2 (en) 2002-01-22 2012-11-27 Ipr Licensing, Inc. Techniques for reducing overhead in a communications system
CN100382461C (en) * 2002-01-22 2008-04-16 Ipr特许公司 Overhead reduction in a communications system
US10708909B2 (en) 2002-01-22 2020-07-07 Ipr Licensing, Inc. Techniques for reducing overhead in a communications system
US9999043B2 (en) 2002-01-22 2018-06-12 Ipr Licensing, Inc. Techniques for reducing overhead in a communications system
CN100456727C (en) * 2003-05-16 2009-01-28 松下电器产业株式会社 Medium access control in master-slave systems
CN101053166B (en) * 2005-01-05 2011-04-20 Sk电信有限公司 Dual band/dual mode mobile communication terminal and control method thereof
CN101455012B (en) * 2006-02-09 2013-03-06 鹰河控股有限公司 System and method for communication utilizing time division duplexing
CN101039154B (en) * 2006-03-15 2010-08-25 联芯科技有限公司 Method for obtaining transceiver channel transmission time of user terminal
CN101496304A (en) * 2006-08-09 2009-07-29 艾利森电话股份有限公司 Propagation delay based transmit power control
CN101312582B (en) * 2007-05-25 2011-09-21 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for dynamic controlling service time slot on the basis of cell load
CN101335977B (en) * 2007-06-26 2011-07-06 华为技术有限公司 Distance measuring signal transmitting method, system and apparatus in OFDM system
US9094986B2 (en) 2008-02-07 2015-07-28 Qualcomm, Incorporated Synchronous and asynchronous interference management
CN101940049A (en) * 2008-02-07 2011-01-05 高通股份有限公司 Reach the asynchronous interference management synchronously
US8483620B2 (en) 2008-02-07 2013-07-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Asynchronous interference management
CN103228038B (en) * 2008-06-02 2017-02-15 富士通株式会社 Timing adjustment method, mobile station, base station and mobile communication system
CN103228038A (en) * 2008-06-02 2013-07-31 富士通株式会社 Timing adjustment method, mobile station, base station and mobile communication system
CN102084614B (en) * 2008-06-24 2015-05-20 Lgc无线公司 Method and apparatus for frame detection in a communications system
CN102084614A (en) * 2008-06-24 2011-06-01 Lgc无线公司 Method and apparatus for frame detection in a communications system
CN102415194B (en) * 2009-03-03 2013-12-25 Adc长途电讯有限公司 Base station in time division duplex system and method for extending signal range
CN102415194A (en) * 2009-03-03 2012-04-11 Adc长途电讯有限公司 Range extension for time division duplex systems
CN104756408A (en) * 2012-10-18 2015-07-01 三菱电机株式会社 Communication terminal, communication method, program, and communication system
CN104756408B (en) * 2012-10-18 2016-11-09 三菱电机株式会社 Communication terminal
US9826431B2 (en) 2012-10-18 2017-11-21 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Weighted random selection of transmission resources based on device position
CN110168971A (en) * 2017-06-28 2019-08-23 宝马股份公司 For verifying the method for the function of time of host and client in the network of vehicle, computer-readable medium, system and including the vehicle of system
CN110168971B (en) * 2017-06-28 2021-06-08 宝马股份公司 Method, computer-readable medium, system, and vehicle for validating a function of time

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP0873593A1 (en) 1998-10-28
WO1996039749A1 (en) 1996-12-12
EP0873593A4 (en) 2000-03-01
AU6025796A (en) 1996-12-24
AR002311A1 (en) 1998-03-11
BR9608548A (en) 1999-07-06
CA2223321A1 (en) 1996-12-12
JP3455227B2 (en) 2003-10-14
CN1101088C (en) 2003-02-05
IL118447A0 (en) 1996-09-12
JP2001524268A (en) 2001-11-27
IL118447A (en) 2000-01-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN1101088C (en) Timing adjustment control for efficient time division duplex communication
CN1163009C (en) Method and system of code division multiple access mobile communication
CN86100949A (en) User's radio telephone system of multichannel language and/or data-signal is provided in one or more radio-frequency channels simultaneously
CN1033483C (en) Telecommunication system
CN1152586C (en) Base transceiver station and subscriber unit in wireless local loop system using personal handy-phone system and method for operating same
CN1593031A (en) Training sequence for a radio communications system
CN1084117C (en) Spectrally efficient high capacity wireless communication systems
CN1284391C (en) Monitoring of call information in wirelsss location system
CN1455538A (en) Soft switch-over method in CDMA system for multi-media broadcasting/organized broadcasting business
CN100344130C (en) Wireless communication system, wireless communication apparatus,wireless communication method and computer program
CN1510936A (en) Mobile communication method and system
CN1345130A (en) Channelling-improved cellular/satellite communication system
CN1321007A (en) System of statistically multiplexing real time and non-real time speech and data service
CN1703851A (en) Frame structure for radio communications system
CN1781321A (en) Wireless communication network including directional and omni-directional communication links and related methods
CN1132016A (en) Communication system, base station, mobile station, and radio communications system
TW201146047A (en) Methods for coordinating radio activities of different radio access technologies and apparatuses utilizing the same
CN101953094A (en) Communication unit and method for frequency synchronising in a cellular communication network
CN1128603A (en) Signaling processor for digital mobile radio systems
CN1346557A (en) Management of time slot operations for wireless communication
CN1104144C (en) Spectrally efficient high capacity wireless communication system with spatio-temporal processing
CN1205816A (en) Coexisting communication systems
CN103916837A (en) Data receiving and transmitting method and intelligent terminal
CN102625451A (en) Method and base station of signal coverage
CN1830175A (en) Radio communication system, radio communication device, radio communication method, and computer program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
ASS Succession or assignment of patent right

Owner name: QUANDIAN TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

Free format text: FORMER OWNER: OMNIPOINT CORP.

Effective date: 20020118

C41 Transfer of patent application or patent right or utility model
TA01 Transfer of patent application right

Effective date of registration: 20020118

Address after: American Colorado

Applicant after: All dot technology Ltd

Address before: American Colorado

Applicant before: Omnipoint Corp.

C14 Grant of patent or utility model
GR01 Patent grant
CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee

Granted publication date: 20030205

Termination date: 20150528

EXPY Termination of patent right or utility model